Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

took up the cause

Толкование Перевод

1 retomar una causa

(v.) = take up + cause

Ex. Although the new leaders of the National Council of Trade Unions took up the cause of trade unions, the unchanged budgets made the functioning of these libraries more difficult.

* * *

(v.) = take up + cause

Ex: Although the new leaders of the National Council of Trade Unions took up the cause of trade unions, the unchanged budgets made the functioning of these libraries more difficult.

Spanish-English dictionary > retomar una causa
2 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
3 dar

v.

1 to give.

dar algo a alguien to give something to somebody, to give somebody something

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother

Ella me da dinero She gives me money.

Su elogio da ánimos His praise gives encouragement.

El negocio da muchas ganancias The business yields much profit.

2 to give, to produce.

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice

3 to have, to hold (fiesta, cena).

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in someone's honor

4 to turn or switch on (luz, agua, gas) (encender).

5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).

dan una película del oeste they're showing a western, there's a western on

6 to show.

dar muestras de sensatez to show good sense

7 to teach.

dar inglés/historia to teach English/history

8 to deal (repartir) (en naipes).

9 to strike (horas).

dieron las tres en el reloj three o'clock struck

10 to get, to catch.

11 to deliver, to render, to allot, to confer.

12 to feel.

Me da alegría I feel joy.

13 to be given, to be granted, to be offered, to be handed in.

Se nos dio una buena casa We were given a good house.

14 to give forth, to burst out.

Ella dio un grito She gave forth a cry.

15 to make one feel.

Eso da asco That makes one feel revolt.

16 to hit.

Da duro el sol en este lugar The sun hits hard in this place

17 to give up.

* * *

DAR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

doy, das, da, damos, dais, dan.

Past Indicative

di, diste, dio, dimos, disteis, dieron.

Present Subjunctive

dé, des, dé, demos, deis, den.

Imperfect Subjunctive

diera, dieras, diera, diéramos, dierais, dieran;

diese, dieses, diese, diésemos, dieseis, diesen.

Future Subjunctive

diere, dieres, diere, diéremos, diereis, dieren.

Imperative

da (tú), dé (él/Vd.), demos (nos.), dad (vos.), den (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to give

2) hit, strike

3) hand over, deliver

4) produce, yield

5) be enough

•

- dar a
- dar con
- dar contra
- dar por
- darse a
- darse de sí
- dárselas de
* * *
Para las expresiones dar importancia, dar ejemplo, dar las gracias, dar clases, dar a conocer, dar a entender, darse prisa, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar, conceder) [+ objeto, mensaje, permiso] to give; [+ naipes] to deal (out); [+ noticias] to give, tell

le dio un bocadillo a su hijo — he gave his son a sandwich

se lo di a Blanca — I gave it to Blanca

me dieron un diploma por mi buen comportamiento — I was given a diploma for good conduct

le dieron el primer premio — he was awarded {o} given first prize

déme dos kilos — I'll have two kilos, two kilos, please

• ir dando [cuerda] — to pay out rope

• dar los buenos [días] a algn — to say good morning to sb, say hello to sb

2) (=realizar) [+ paliza] to give; [+ paso] to take

dar un alarido — to shriek

dar una bofetada a algn — to slap sb

dar un golpe a algn — to hit sb

dio un golpe en la mesa — he banged on the table

dar un grito — to let out a cry, give a cry

dar un paseo — to go for a walk, take a walk

dar un suspiro — to heave {o} give a sigh, sigh

3) (=celebrar) [+ fiesta] to have, throw

la embajada dará una recepción — the embassy will hold a reception

4) (=encender) [+ luz] to turn on

¿has dado el gas? — have you turned on the gas?

5) (=presentar) [+ obra de teatro] to perform, put on; [+ película] to show, screen

dan una película de Almodóvar — there's an Almodóvar film on, they're showing {o} screening an Almodóvar film

¿qué dan hoy en la tele? — what's on TV tonight?

6) (=hacer sonar) [reloj] to strike

el reloj dio las tres — the clock struck three

ya han dado las ocho — it's past {o} gone eight o'clock

7) (=producir) [+ fruto] to bear; [+ ganancias, intereses] to yield

dar flores — to flower

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

una inversión que da un 7% de interés — an investment that pays {o} yields 7% interest

8) (=tener como resultado)

el cálculo dio 99 — the sum worked out at 99

el atleta dio positivo en el control antidoping — the athlete tested positive for drugs

9) (=hacer sentir) [+ placer] to give

me dio mucha alegría verla — I was very pleased to see her

las babosas me dan asco — I find slugs disgusting {o} revolting

este jersey me da demasiado calor — this jumper is too hot, I'm too hot in this jumper

da gusto hablar con él — he's really nice to talk to

tu padre me da miedo — I'm scared {o} frightened of your father

me da pena tener que tirarlo — it's a pity to have to throw it away

el vino me da sueño — wine makes me sleepy

10) * (=fastidiar) to ruin

vinieron a visitarme y me dieron la tarde — they came to visit and ruined my afternoon

¡me estás dando las vacaciones! — you're ruining the holiday for me!

11) dar por (=considerar) to consider

doy el asunto por concluido — I consider the matter settled, I regard the matter as settled

le dieron por desaparecido — they gave him up for lost

doy el dinero por bien empleado — I consider it money well spent

lo daba por seguro — he was sure {o} certain of it

lo podemos dar por terminado — we can consider it finished

12)

- ¡y dale!

- estar/seguir dale que dale o dale que te pego o dale y dale

la vecina está dale que dale al piano — our neighbour is pounding away at the piano

estoy dale que dale a este problema — I've been bashing away at this problem *

- a mí no me la das

- ¡ahí te las den todas!

- por si vienen mal dadas

para dar y tomar —

tenemos botellas para dar y tomar — we've got loads {o} stacks of bottles

aquí hay basura para dar y tomar — there's tons of rubbish here

- me da que...

me da que no va a venir — I have a feeling (that) he's not going to come

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar) to give

dame, yo te lo arreglo — give it here, I'll fix it for you

- a quien dan no escoge

2) (=entrar)

me dieron ganas de vomitar — I felt like being sick

si te da un mareo siéntate — if you feel giddy, sit down

le dio un fuerte dolor en el costado — he felt a sudden sharp pain in his side

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

3) (=importar)

¡qué más da!, ¡da igual! — it doesn't matter!, never mind!

¿qué más te da? — what does it matter to you?

¿qué más da un sitio que otro? — surely one place is as good as another!, it doesn't make any difference which place we choose

lo mismo da — it makes no difference {o} odds

me da igual, lo mismo me da, tanto me da — it's all the same to me, I don't mind

4) [seguido de preposición]
dar a (=estar orientado) [cuarto, ventana] to look out onto, overlook; [fachada] to face
mi habitación da al jardín — my room looks out onto {o} overlooks the garden
darle a (=hacer funcionar) [+ botón] to press; (=golpear) to hit; [+ balón] to kick
dale a la tecla roja — hit {o} press the red key

darle a la bomba — to pump, work the pump

dale más fuerte a la bomba — pump harder

¡dale! — hit him!

no es capaz de darle al balón de cabeza — he can't head the ball
dar con (=encontrar) [+ persona] to find; [+ idea, solución] to hit on, come up with
dimos con él dos horas más tarde — we found him two hours later

al final di con la solución — I finally hit on the solution, I finally came up with the solution

no doy con el nombre — I can't think of the name

• dar [consigo] en — to end up in

dio consigo en la cárcel — he ended up in jail
dar contra (=golpear) to hit
el barco dio contra el puente — the ship hit the bridge
dar de
dar de palos a algn — to give sb a beating

dar de puñetazos a algn — to punch sb

dar de barniz a algo — to varnish sth

• dar de [beber] a algn — to give sb something to drink

• dar de [comer] a algn — to feed sb

• dar de [sí] — [comida, bebida] to go a long way

lo que cada uno puede dar de sí — what each person can contribute
dar en [+ blanco, suelo] to hit; [+ solución] to hit on, come up with
el sol me da en la cara — the sun is in my eyes

• dar en [hacer] algo — to take to doing sth

han dado en llamarle Boko — they've taken to calling him Boko
darle a algn por hacer algo
le ha dado por no venir a clase — he has taken to cutting classes

les dio por venir a vernos — they took it into their heads to come and see us

últimamente le ha dado por el golf — he's taken up golf lately

al chico le daba por dormirse en la clase — the boy was always falling asleep in class

la casa que a alguien le dio por llamar Miramar — the house that someone had the bright idea of calling Miramar
dar para (=ser suficiente) to be enough for
con eso da para cuatro personas — this is enough for four people

mi pobre cabeza no da para más hoy — I don't think my poor head can take any more today

5) dar que hablar to set people talking

una película que da en qué pensar — a thought-provoking film, a film which gives you a lot to think about

3.

See:

darse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex. Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex. Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex. She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex. This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex. Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex. Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

----

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex: Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex: Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex: She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex: This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex: Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex: Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll, t

* * *

dar [ A25 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ dar (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A entregar

B regalar, donar

C en naipes

D

1 proporcionar

2 Música

E conferir, aportar

F

1 aplicar capa de barniz etc

2 dar: inyección etc

G

1 conceder prórroga etc

2 atribuir

3 pronosticando duración

4 dar: edad, años

H

1 expresar, decir

2 señalar, indicar

Sentido II

A producir

B rendir, alcanzar hasta

C causar, provocar

D arruinar, fastidiar

Sentido III

A presentar

B ofrecer, celebrar

C dar: conferencia

Sentido IV

A realizar la acción indicada

B dar: limpiada etc

Sentido V considerar

■ dar (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 entregar

2 en naipes

B ser suficiente, alcanzar

C

1 dar a: puerta etc

2 llegar hasta

3 estar orientado hacia

D comunicar

E arrojar un resultado

F importar

Sentido II

A

1 pegar, golpear

2 darle a algo: tarea

3 darle a algo: hacer uso de

4 acertar

B

1 darle a algo: accionar

2 mover

C

1 indicando insistencia

2 instando a alguien a hacer algo

D dar con

Sentido III

A acometer, sobrevenir

B

1 darle a alguien por algo

2 darle a alguien con algo

C dar en

D dar: sol, viento, luz

E acabar

■ darse (verbo pronominal)

Sentido I

A producirse

B ocurrir

C resultar

Sentido II

A dedicarse, entregarse

B tratarse, ser sociable

Sentido III

A realizar la acción indicada

B

1 golpearse, pegarse

2 darse (de) golpes

3 darse (de) patadas etc

Sentido IV considerarse

vt

Sentido I

A (entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Jaime give the keys to Jaime, give Jaime the keys

se las di a Jaime I gave them to Jaime

dale esto a tu madre de mi parte give this to your mother from me

deme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? any advance on 500 dollars?

dar algo A + INF:

da toda la ropa a planchar/lavar she sends all her clothes to be ironed/washed, she has all her ironing/washing done for her

comer¹ vi A 2. (↑ comer (1)), conocer, entender¹ vt A 2. (↑ entender (1)), mamar

B (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? — te lo doy, yo no lo necesito can I borrow it? — you can have it o keep it, I don't need it

a mí nunca nadie me dio nada nobody's ever given me anything

daría cualquier cosa por que así fuera I'd give anything o ( colloq) I'd give my right arm for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman two can play at that game

estarlas dando ( Chi fam): entremos sin pagar, aquí las están dando let's just walk in without paying, they're asking for it ( colloq)

con ese profesor las están dando they get away with murder with that teacher ( colloq)

para dar y tomar or vender: coge los que quieras, tengo para dar y tomar or vender take as many as you want, I have plenty to spare o ( colloq) I've stacks of them

C (en naipes) to deal

¡me has dado unas cartas horribles! you've dealt o given me a terrible hand

D

1 (proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give

sus elogios me han dado ánimos his praise has given me encouragement o has encouraged me

eso me dio la idea para el libro that's where I got the idea for the book, that's what gave me the idea for the book

me dio un buen consejo she gave me some useful advice

mi familia no pudo darme una carrera my family weren't in a position to send me to o put me through university o to give me a university education

es capaz de robar si le dan la ocasión given the chance he's quite capable of stealing

pide que te den un presupuesto/más información ask them to give you o supply you with an estimate/more information

2 ( Música) to give

¿me das el la? can you give me an A?

E (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo a la plaza the lights gave the square a very festive atmosphere, the lights lent a very festive atmosphere to the square

les dio forma redondeada a las puntas he rounded off the ends

necesita algo que le dé sentido a su vida he needs something that will give his life some meaning

F

1 (aplicar) ‹capa de barniz/mano de pintura› to give

dale otra capa de barniz/otra mano de pintura give it another coat of varnish/paint

hay que darle cera al piso we have to wax the floor

dale una puntada para sujetarlo put a stitch in to hold it

2 ‹inyección/lavativa/sedante› to give, administer ( frml); ‹masaje› to give

G

1 (conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give

te doy hasta el jueves I'll give you until Thursday

¿quién te ha dado permiso para entrar allí? who gave you permission to go in there?, who said you could go in there?

si usted nos da permiso with your permission, if you will allow us

el dentista me ha dado hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron el tercer premio we won o got third prize, we were awarded third prize

al terminar el cursillo te dan un diploma when you finish the course you get a diploma

2

(atribuir): no le des demasiada importancia don't attach too much importance to it

yo le doy otra interpretación a ese pasaje I see o interpret that passage in a different way

tuvieron que darme la razón they had to admit I was right

3 (pronosticando duración) to give

no le dan ni dos meses de vida they've given him less than two months to live

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación I don't think they'll last more than a month together

4

( RPl) ‹edad/años› ¿cuántos años or qué edad le das? how old do you think o reckon she is?

yo no le daba más de 28 I didn't think he was more than 28

H

1

(expresar, decir): ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días she didn't even say hello

dales recuerdos de mi parte give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a algn to welcome sb

tenemos que ir a darles el pésame we must go and offer our condolences

me gustaría que me dieras tu parecer or opinión I'd like you to give me your opinion

le doy mi enhorabuena I'd like to congratulate you

¿me da la hora, por favor? have you got the time, please?

me tocó a mí darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him

te han dado una orden you've been given an order, that was an order

han dado orden de desalojar el edificio they've ordered that the building be vacated

2

(señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or ( Esp) comunicando the line's busy o ( BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

muestra

Sentido II

A

(producir): estos campos dan mucho grano these fields have a high grain yield

esta estufa da mucho calor this heater gives out a lot of heat

esta clase de negocio da mucho dinero there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% those bonds give a yield of 7%

los árboles han empezado a dar fruto the trees have begun to bear fruit

no le pudo dar un hijo she was unable to bear o give him a child

B

(rendir, alcanzar hasta): ¿cuánto da ese coche? how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

ha dado todo lo que el público esperaba de él he has lived up to the public's expectations of him

el coche venía a todo lo que daba the car was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast

C

(causar, provocar): la comida muy salada da sed salty food makes you thirsty

¡estos críos dan tanto trabajo! these kids are such hard work!

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿no te da calor esa camisa? aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste I can't bear o it hurts me to see her so sad

¡qué susto me has dado! you gave me such a fright!

me da no sé qué que se tenga que quedar sola I feel a bit funny about leaving her on her own

este coche no me ha dado problemas this car hasn't given me any trouble

ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc dar QUE + INF:

el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden

los niños dan que hacer children are a lot of work

lo que dijo me dio que pensar what he said gave me plenty of food for thought o plenty to think about

ver tb dar vi Sense III A.

D ( Esp fam) (arruinar, fastidiar) to spoil, ruin

Isabelita nos dio la noche we had an awful night thanks to little Isabel

Sentido III

A

(presentar): ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? ( colloq)

en el cine Avenida dan una película buenísima there's a really good movie on at the Avenida, they're showing a really good movie at the Avenida

ayer fuimos al teatro, daban una obra de Calderón we went to the theater yesterday, it was a play by Calderón

va a dar un concierto el mes que viene he's giving a concert next month

deja de gritar así, estás dando un espectáculo stop shouting like that, you're making a spectacle of yourself

B (ofrecer, celebrar) ‹fiesta› to give; ‹baile/banquete› to hold

C ‹conferencia› to give

dar examen (CS); to take o ( BrE) sit an exam

ver tb clase¹ f E. (↑ clase (1))

Sentido IV

A

(realizar la acción indicada): dieron lectura al comunicado they read out the communiqué

estuvo dando cabezadas durante toda la película he kept nodding off all through the film

dio un grito/un suspiro she shouted/sighed, she gave a shout/heaved a sigh

dio un paso atrás/adelante he took a step back/forward

(+ me/te/le etc): dame un beso/abrazo give me a kiss/hug

me dio un tirón del pelo he pulled my hair

golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

dársela a algn ( Esp fam); to take sb in, put one over on sb

dárselas a algn ( Chi fam); to beat sb up

B

‹limpiada/barrida/planchazo› con que le des una enjuagada alcanza just a quick rinse will do

hay que darle una barrida al suelo de la cocina the kitchen floor needs a sweep o needs sweeping

quiero darle otra leída a este capítulo ( AmL); I want to run o read through this chapter again

Sentido V (considerar) dar algo/a algn POR algo:

lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead

doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic

si le has prestado dinero ya lo puedes dar por perdido if you've lent him money you can kiss it goodbye

¿eso es lo que quieres? ¡dalo por hecho! is that what you want? consider it done! o ( AmE colloq) you got it!

si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado if I pass it will have been time well spent

sentado

■ dar

vi

Sentido I

A

1

(entregar): dame, yo te lo coso let me have it o give it here, I'll sew it for you

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? can I have some money for an ice cream?

2 (en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti it's your deal, it's your turn to deal

B (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar PARA algo/algn:

este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken is enough o will do for two meals

con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round

da para hablar horas y horas you could talk about it for hours

(+ me/te/le etc): eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that

no le da la cabeza para la física he hasn't much of a head for physics

no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time

dar de sí to stretch

me quedan un poco ajustados, pero ya darán de sí they're a bit tight on me, but they'll stretch o give

¡cuánto ha dado de sí esa botella de jerez! that bottle of sherry's gone a long way!

¡qué poco dan de sí seis euros! six euros don't go very far!

el pobre ya no da más de sí the poor guy's fit to drop

no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with

yo me voy, esto ya no da para más I'm leaving, this is a waste of time

ya no da para más or (CS) ya no da más de tanto trabajar he's worked himself into the ground

estoy que no doy más I'm all in ( colloq), I'm shattered o dead beat ( colloq), I'm pooped ( AmE colloq)

C dar a

1 «puerta/habitación» (comunicar con) to give on to

la puerta trasera da a un jardín/a la calle Palmar the back door opens o gives onto a garden/onto Palmar Street

todas las habitaciones dan a un patio all the rooms look onto o give onto a courtyard

2 (llegar hasta) «río» to go o flow into; «camino/sendero» to lead to

la calle va a dar directamente a la playa the street goes right down o leads straight to the beach

3 «fachada/frente» (estar orientado hacia) to face

la fachada principal da al sur the main facade faces south

la terraza da al mar the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

D

( RPl) (comunicar) darle a algn CON algn: ¿me das con Teresa, por favor? can I speak to Teresa, please?

en seguida le doy con el señor Seco I'll just put you through to Mr Seco

E

(arrojar un resultado): ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 ¿y a ti? I made it (to be) 247, how about you?

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo her test was positive/negative

F

(importar): ¿cuál prefieres? — da igual which do you prefer? — I don't mind

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿el jueves o el viernes? — a mí me da igual Thursday or Friday? — I don't mind o it doesn't matter o it doesn't make any difference to me o it's all the same to me

la sopa se ha enfriado un poco — ¡qué más da! the soup's gone a bit cold — never mind o it doesn't matter

¿qué más da un color que otro? surely one color is as good as another!, what difference does it make what color it is?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¡qué más le da a él que otros tengan que hacer su trabajo! what does he care if others have to do his work?

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? what difference does it make to you if he comes?, what's it to you if he comes? ( colloq)

no quiere venir — tanto da she doesn't want to come — it makes no difference o so what?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿a qué hora quieren cenar? — tanto nos da what time do you want to have dinner? — it's all the same to us o whenever

Sentido II

A

1 (pegar, golpear) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio en la cabeza it hit him on the head

dale al balón con fuerza kick the ball hard

¡te voy a dar yo a ti como no me obedezcas! you're going to get it from me if you don't do what I say ( colloq)

le dio con la regla en los nudillos she rapped his knuckles with the ruler

cuando te agarren te van a dar de palos when they get you they're going to give you a good beating

2 ( fam) (a una tarea, asignatura) darle A algo:

me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on o studying my English ( colloq)

vas a tener que darle más fuerte si quieres aprobar you're going to have to push yourself harder o put more effort into it if you want to pass

quiero darle un poco más a esta traducción antes de irme I want to do a bit more work on this translation before I go

3 ( fam) (hacer uso de) darle A algo:

¡cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o ( AmE) down the wine ( colloq)

¡cómo le han dado al queso! ¡ya casi no queda! they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! ( colloq)

¡cómo les has dado a estos zapatos! you've really been hard on these shoes!, you've worn these shoes out quickly!

lengua

4 (acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro to hit the target/the bull's-eye

clavo

B

1 (accionar) darle A algo:

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba push that lever up

le dio al interruptor she flicked the switch

le di a la manivela I turned the handle

dale al pedal press the pedal

tienes que darle a este botón/esta tecla you have to press this button/key

2 (mover) (+ compl):

dale al volante hacia la derecha turn the wheel to the right

dale para atrás ( Auto) back up

C

1 ( fam)

(indicando insistencia): ¡y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy there you go again! I've told you I'm not going ( colloq)

estuvo todo el día dale que dale con el clarinete he spent the whole day blowing away on his clarinet

¡y dale con lo de la edad! ¿qué importa eso? stop going on about her age! what does it matter?

¡dale que te pego! ( fam): he estado toda la mañana dale que te pego con esto I've been slaving away at this all morning

yo quiero olvidarlo y él ¡dale que te pego con lo mismo! I want to forget about it and he keeps on and on about it o he keeps banging on about it

2

( RPl fam) (instando a algn a hacer algo): dale, metete, el agua está lindísima come on, get in, the water's lovely

dale, prestámelo come on o go on, lend it to me

D dar con (encontrar) to find

por mucho que buscaron no dieron con él although they searched high and low they couldn't find him

creo que ya he dado con la solución I think I've hit upon o found the solution

cuando uno no da con la palabra adecuada when you can't come up with o find the right word

Sentido III

A (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio un mareo she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

como no se calle, me va a dar algo ( fam); if you don't shut up, I'm going to have a fit ( colloq)

¡me da una indignación cuando hace esas cosas …! I feel so angry when he does those things!

me da que ya no vienen ( fam); I have a (funny o sneaky) feeling they're not coming ( colloq)

ver tb dar vt Sense II C., escalofrío, frío² m B. (↑ frío (2)), gana, impresión, etc

B (hablando de ocurrencias, manías)

1 darle a algn POR algo:

le ha dado por decir que ya no lo quiero he's started saying that I don't love him any more

le ha dado por beber he's taken to drink, he's started drinking

le ha dado por el yoga she's got into yoga

¡menos mal que me dio por preguntar por cuánto saldría! it's just as well it occurred to me to ask o I thought to ask how much it would be!

darle a algn por ahí ( fam): ¿ahora hace pesas? — sí, le ha dado por ahí is he doing weights now? — yes, that's his latest craze o that's what he's into now

¿por qué lo hiciste? — no sé, me dio por ahí why did you do it? — I don't know, I just felt like it

cualquier día le da por ahí y la deja one of these days he'll just up and leave her

2 darle a algn CON algo:

le ha dado con que me conoce he's got it into his head he knows me

C dar en

(tender a): ha dado en salir acompañada por galanes jóvenes she has taken to being escorted in public by handsome young men

ha dado en esta locura she has got this crazy idea into her head

lo que se ha dado en llamar `drogodependencia' what has come to be known as `drug-dependence'

D

«sol/viento/luz»: aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here

siéntate aquí, donde da el sol sit down here in the sun

en esa playa da mucho el viento it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes

E

(acabar): ir/venir a dar: la pelota había ido a dar al jardín de al lado the ball had ended up in the next door garden

¿cómo habrá venido a dar esto aquí? how on earth did this get here?

■ darse

v pron

Sentido I

A (producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo wheat grows well in this area

B

(ocurrir) «caso/situación»: bien podría darse una situación así this kind of situation could well arise o occur

se dio la circunstancia de que la alarma estaba desconectada the alarm happened to be disconnected

para esto se tienen que dar las siguientes circunstancias this requires the following conditions

¿qué se da? ( fam); what's going on o happening? ( colloq)

C (resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):

se le dan muy bien los idiomas she's very good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? how are you at sewing?, how's your sewing?

Sentido II

A (dedicarse, entregarse) darse A algo:

se dio a la bebida she took to drink, she hit the bottle ( colloq)

se da a la buena vida he spends his time having fun o living it up

se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

B

( RPl) (tratarse, ser sociable) darse CON algn: no se da con la familia del marido she doesn't have much to do with her husband's family

Sentido III

A ( refl)

(realizar la acción indicada): voy a darme una ducha I'm going to take o have a shower

vamos a darnos un banquete we're going to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot

va dándoselas de rico y no tiene un duro he makes out he's rich but he hasn't got a penny

¿pero ése de qué se las da? si es un obrero como tú y yo who does he think he is? he's just another worker like you and me

no te las des de listo don't act so smart

B

1

(golpearse, pegarse): se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed o went into a tree

se va a dar un golpe en la cabeza/espalda he's going to hit o bump his head/hit his back

se dio con la nariz or de narices contra la puerta he ran/walked straight into the door, he went smack into the door ( colloq)

2 ( refl):

darse (de) golpes to hit oneself

¡podría darme (de) patadas! I could kick myself!

3 ( recípr):

se estaban dando (de) patadas/tortazos en plena calle they were kicking/punching each other right there on the street

Sentido IV (considerarse) darse POR algo:

con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that

no se dará por vencida hasta que lo consiga she won't give up until she gets it

puedes darte por contento de haber salido con vida you can count yourself lucky you weren't killed

no quiere darse por enterado he doesn't want to know

aludir vi 1. (↑ aludir)

* * *

dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( entregar) to give;

◊ dale las llaves a Pedro give the keys to Pedro;

déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

2
a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;

◊ me dio su reloj she gave me her watch

b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

‹información/idea› to give
3
a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
◊ el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday;

nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;

◊ el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

1
a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

‹ dividendos› to pay;
◊ un negocio que da mucho dinero a business which makes a lot of money

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
◊ dar trabajo to be hard work;

el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
◊ dar un paso atrás to take a step back;

dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dar algo/a algn por algo:
◊ lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead;

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
◊ dar a [ puerta] to give onto, open onto;

[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
◊ no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time;

dar de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
◊ el análisis le dio positivo her test was positive;

¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
◊ da lo mismo it doesn't matter;

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
a) (pegar, golpear): darle a algn to hit sb;

( como castigo) to smack sb;
◊ dale al balón kick the ball;

el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
b) ( acertar) to hit;

◊ dar en el blanco to hit the target

2 (accionar, mover) darle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
◊ dar con ( encontrar) ‹ persona› to find;

‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) darle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

5 [sol/luz]:
◊ aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here;

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se le dan los idiomas she's good at languages

a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

dárselas de listo to act smart
b) (golpearse, pegarse):

◊ se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer;

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) darse por algo:
◊ con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that;

ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
' dar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abasto
- abrigar
- acelerón
- acertar
- acogerse
- acomodar
- acreditar
- admitir
- aflojar
- agradecer
- alarma
- albergue
- alcance
- alerta
- alimentar
- alojamiento
- alta
- amagar
- apetecer
- apurar
- armar
- asesorar
- atinar
- baño
- batalla
- blanca
- blanco
- bola
- bote
- brazo
- brinco
- buena
- bueno
- cabezada
- cabida
- cada
- calabaza
- calentar
- callar
- callada
- callo
- campanada
- cancha
- cante
- cara
- carpetazo
- carrete
- casar
- chivatazo
- citar
English:
about-face
- about-turn
- act up
- advance
- amplify
- announce
- around
- attach
- attest
- back
- backpedal
- barge into
- bear
- beat
- beat up
- beg
- begrudge
- birth
- block
- bluster
- bolster
- bop
- boss about
- boss around
- bother
- bounce
- bound
- breast-feed
- brief
- buff
- bull's-eye
- butt
- call
- chase down
- checkmate
- cheer
- chime
- circle
- clout
- coach
- come across
- credence
- day
- deal
- death
- deliver
- deposit
- direct
- discharge
- disgust

* * *

dar

♦ vt

1. [entregar, otorgar] to give;

dar algo a alguien to give sth to sb, to give sb sth;

da parte de sus ingresos a los necesitados she gives o donates part of her income to the poor;

dame el azúcar, por favor could you pass o give me the sugar, please?;

¡dámelo! give it to me!, give me it!;

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother;

daría cualquier cosa por saber lo que piensa I'd give anything to know what he's thinking

2. [pagar] to give;
[ofrecer en pago] to offer;
¿cuánto te dieron por la casa? how much did they give you for the house?;

el concesionario me da 2.000 euros por la moto vieja the dealer's offering 2,000 euros for my old motorbike;

300 dólares, ¿quién da más? [en subasta] is there any advance on 300 dollars?

3. [proporcionar] to give, to provide with;

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice;

este color le da un aspecto diferente a la habitación this colour makes the room look different;

le di instrucciones de cómo llegar a casa I gave her directions for getting to my house;

no nos dio ninguna explicación sobre su ausencia he didn't give us o provide us with any explanation for his absence;

le dimos ánimos para que siguiera con su trabajo we encouraged her to continue with her work;

su familia hizo un gran esfuerzo por darle estudios universitarios his family went to a great deal of effort to enable him to go to university

4. [conceder] to give;

le han dado el Premio Nobel she has been awarded o given the Nobel Prize;

le dieron una beca he was awarded o given a grant;

yo no le daría demasiada importancia I wouldn't attach too much importance to it;

al final me dieron la razón in the end they accepted that I was right;

le dieron una semana más para presentar el informe they gave o allowed him one more week to hand in the report;

me dieron permiso para ir al médico I got o was allowed time off work to go to the doctor;

¿da su permiso para entrar? may I come in?;

nos dieron facilidades de pago they offered us easy payment terms;

los médicos no le dan más de seis meses de vida the doctors don't give him more than six months (to live);

¿qué interpretación das a este descubrimiento? how would you interpret this discovery?

5. [decir]
dar los buenos días to say hello;

dar la bienvenida a alguien to welcome sb;

le di las gracias por su ayuda I thanked her for her help;

fuimos a darles el pésame we went to offer them our condolences;

dale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regards, say hello to him from me;

dale la enhorabuena give her my congratulations;

me dio su opinión al respecto he gave me his opinion on the matter;

¿quién le dará la noticia? who's going to tell o give her the news?

6. [producir] to give, to produce;
[frutos, flores] to bear; [beneficios, intereses] to yield;
estas vacas dan mucha leche these cows produce a lot of milk;

esta cuenta da un 5 por ciento de interés this account offers a 5 percent interest rate, this account bears interest at 5 percent;

esta lámpara da mucha luz this light is very bright;

le dio tres hijos she bore him three children

7. [provocar] to give;

me da vergüenza/pena it makes me ashamed/sad;

me da risa it makes me laugh;

me da miedo it frightens me;

¡me da una rabia que me traten así! it infuriates me that they should treat me in this way!;

me dio un susto tremendo she gave me a real fright;

el viaje me dio mucho sueño the journey made me really sleepy;

da gusto leer un libro tan bien escrito it's a pleasure to read such a well-written book;

los cacahuetes dan mucha sed peanuts make you very thirsty;

este paseo me ha dado hambre this walk has made me hungry o given me an appetite;

estas botas dan mucho calor these boots are very warm

8. [luz, agua, gas] [encender] to turn o switch on;
[suministrar por primera vez] to connect; [suministrar tras un corte] to turn back on
9. [fiesta, cena] to have, to hold;

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in sb's honour;

darán una recepción después de la boda there will be a reception after the wedding

10. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal

11. [sujeto: reloj] to strike;

el reloj dio las doce the clock struck twelve

12. Cine, Teatro & TV to show;
[concierto, interpretación] to give;
¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? – dan una película del oeste what's on the TV tonight? – they're showing a western o there's a western on;

dieron la ceremonia en directo they broadcast the ceremony live

13. [propinar]
le di una bofetada I slapped him, I gave him a slap;

dio una patada a la pelota he kicked the ball;

darle un golpe/una puñalada a alguien to hit/stab sb

14. [untar con, aplicar]
dar una capa de pintura al salón to give the living-room a coat of paint;

dar barniz a una silla to varnish a chair

15. [señales, indicios] to show;

dar pruebas de sensatez to show good sense;

dar señales de vida to show signs of life

16. [enseñar] to teach;
[conferencia] to give;
dar inglés/historia to teach English/history;

dio una clase muy interesante she gave a very interesting class;

mañana no daremos clase there won't be a class tomorrow

17. Esp [recibir] [clase] to have;

doy clases de piano con una profesora francesa I have piano classes with a French piano teacher;

doy dos clases de francés a la semana I have two French classes a week

18. [expresa acción]
dar un grito to give a cry;

dar un suspiro to sigh, to give a sigh;

dar un vistazo a to have a look at;

dio lectura a los resultados de la elección she read out the election results;

cuando se enteró de la noticia, dio saltos de alegría when he heard the news, he jumped for joy;

voy a dar un paseo I'm going (to go) for a walk

19. Esp Fam [fastidiar] to ruin;

es tan pesado que me dio la tarde he's so boring that he ruined the afternoon for me;

el bebé nos da las noches con sus lloros the baby never lets us get a decent night's sleep

20. [considerar]
dar algo por to consider sth as;

eso lo doy por hecho I take that for granted;

doy por sentado que vendrás a la fiesta I take it for granted that o I assume you'll be coming to the party;

doy por explicado este periodo histórico that's all I want to say about this period of history;

doy esta discusión por terminada I consider this discussion to be over;

dar a alguien por muerto to give sb up for dead

21. Fam [presentir]
me da que no van a venir I have a feeling they're not going to come

22. RP [inyección] to give

23. Comp

donde las dan las toman you get what you deserve;

no dar una to get everything wrong

♦ vi

1. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal;

me toca dar a mí it's my deal

2. [entregar]
dame, que ya lo llevo yo give it to me, I'll carry it

3. [horas] to strike;

dieron las tres three o'clock struck

4. [golpear]
le dieron en la cabeza they hit him on the head;

la piedra dio contra el cristal the stone hit the window;

como no te portes bien, te voy a dar if you don't behave, I'll smack you

5. [accionar]
dar a [llave de paso] to turn;
[botón, timbre] to press;
dale al control remoto hit the remote control;

dale al pedal press down on the pedal;
Informát
dale a la tecla de retorno hit o press return;

dale a la manivela turn the handle

6. [estar orientado]
dar a [sujeto: ventana, balcón] to look out onto, to overlook;
[sujeto: pasillo, puerta] to lead to; [sujeto: casa, fachada] to face;
todas las habitaciones dan al mar all the rooms look out onto o face the sea

7. [sujeto: luz, viento]
el sol daba de lleno en la habitación the sunlight was streaming into the room;

la luz me daba directamente en la cara the light was shining directly in my face;

aquí da mucho viento it's very windy here

8. [encontrar]
dar con algo/alguien to find sth/sb;

he dado con la solución I've hit upon the solution

9. [proporcionar]
dar de beber a alguien to give sb something to drink;

da de mamar a su hijo she breast-feeds her son

10. [ser suficiente]
dar para to be enough for;

Comp

no dar ni para pipas: ¡eso no te da ni para pipas! that's not even enough to buy a bag of peanuts!

11. [motivar]
esta noticia va a dar mucho que hablar this news will set people talking;

aquello me dio que pensar that made me think

12. [importar]
¡y a ti qué más te da! what's it to you?;

me da igual o [m5] lo mismo it's all the same to me, I don't mind o care;

no vamos a poder ir al cine – ¡qué más da! we won't be able to go to the cinema – never mind!;

y si no lo conseguimos, ¿qué más da? if we don't manage it, so what?;

¡qué más da quién lo haga con tal de que lo haga bien! what does it matter o what difference does it make who does it as long as they do it properly?;

lo siento, no voy a poder ayudar – da igual, no te preocupes I'm sorry but I won't be able to help – it doesn't matter, don't worry;

¿vamos o nos quedamos? – da lo mismo should we go or should we stay? – it doesn't make any difference

13. [acertar]
dio en el blanco she hit the target;

diste en el blanco, hay que intentar reducir las pérdidas you hit the nail on the head, we have to try and reduce our losses

14. [tomar costumbre]
le ha dado por el yoga he's decided to go in for yoga;

ahora le ha dado por no comer fruta now she's decided not to eat fruit;

le dio por ponerse a cantar en medio de la clase he took it into his head to start singing in the middle of the class;

¿está aprendiendo ruso? – sí, le ha dado por ahí is she learning Russian? – yes, that's her latest thing;
Formal
dar en hacer algo to take to doing sth;

el viejo dio en leer libros de caballería the old man took to reading books on chivalry

15. [expresa repetición]
le dieron de palos they beat him repeatedly with sticks

16. [afectar]
le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

17.
dar de sí [ropa, calzado] to give, to stretch;

no dar más de sí o [m5] para más [persona, animal] not to be up to much any more;

este sueldo da mucho de sí this salary goes a long way;

estos zapatos no dan para más these shoes have had it;

es un poco tonto, no da para más he's a bit stupid, he's not up to anything else

18. [expresa enfado]
te digo que pares y tú, ¡dale (que dale)! I've told you to stop, but you just carry on and on!;

¡y dale con la música! there he goes again, playing loud music!;

te hemos dicho que no menciones el tema, y tú, dale que te pego we've told you not to mention the subject, but you just carry on regardless o but here you are, bringing it up again;

¡y dale! te lo he dicho bien claro, no voy a ir how many times do I have to tell you? o I've said it once and I'll say it again, I'm not going

19. RP [comunicar]
¿me darías con tu madre? could I speak to your mother?, could you put your mother on?;

le doy con el Sr. Hualde I'll put you through to Mr Hualde

20. Comp
Fam
para dar y tomar: había cerveza para dar y tomar there was loads of beer;
Fam
darle a: ¡cómo le da a la cerveza! he certainly likes his beer!;
Fam
darle algo a alguien: si no se calla me va a dar algo if he doesn't shut up soon, I'll go mad;

si sigues trabajando así te va a dar algo you can't go on working like that;
Esp muy Fam
¡que le den!: ¿que no quiere cooperar? ¡que le den! he doesn't want to co-operate? well, stuff him!

♦ See also the pronominal verb darse

* * *

dar

<part dado>

I v/t

1 give; fiesta give, have;

dar un salto/una patada jump/kick, give a jump/kick;

dar miedo a frighten;

el jamón me dio sed the ham made me thirsty;

dar de comer/beber a alguien give s.o. something to eat/drink

2 fruta bear; luz give off; beneficio yield

3 película show, screen

4

:

el reloj dio las tres the clock struck three

5

:

¡dale (que dale)! fam don’t keep on! fam ;

y siguió dale que te pego fam and he kept on and on

II v/i

1 give; de cartas en juego deal;

dame give it to me, give me it

2

:

dar a de ventana look onto

3

:

dar con algo/alguien come across sth/s.o., find sth/s.o.;

no di con el nombre I couldn’t think of the name

4

:

dar de sí de material stretch, give;

dar para be enough for;

no da para más it’s past its best

5

:

le dio por insultar a su madre fam she started insulting her mother

6

:

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;

da igual it doesn’t matter

7

:

dar contra o

en algo hit sth;

el sol le daba en la cara he had the sun in his eyes, the sun was in his eyes

8

:

dar por muerto a alguien give s.o. up for dead

9

:

dar que hablar give people something to talk about;

da que pensar it makes you think, it gives you something to think about

* * *

dar {22} vt

1) : to give

2) entregar: to deliver, to hand over

3) : to hit, to strike

4) : to yield, to produce

5) : to perform

6) : to give off, to emit

7)

dar como or

dar por : to regard as, to consider

dar vi

1) alcanzar: to suffice, to be enough

no me da para dos pasajes: I don't have enough for two fares

2)

dar a or

dar sobre : to overlook, to look out on

3)

dar con : to run into

4)

dar con : to hit upon (an idea)

5)

dar de sí : to give, to stretch

♦ See also the reflexive verb darse

* * *

dar vb

1. (en general) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]

dale esta carta a tu madre give this letter to your mother

me has dado una idea you've given me an idea

me dio permiso para ir a la excursión he gave me permission to go on the trip

¿cuánto me das por lavarte el coche? how much will you give me for washing your car?

2. (poner en las manos) to pass

me puedes ayudar dándome los libros you can help me by passing me the books

3. (pedir en una tienda)

¿me da un kilo de naranjas, por favor? could I have a kilo of oranges, please?

4. (poner en la televisión) to be on

esta noche dan una película estupenda en la tele there's a great film on TV tonight

5. (ofrecer fiesta) to have

los García dan una fiesta the Garcías are having a party

6. (impartir clases) to teach [pt. & pp. taught]

da clases de inglés she teaches English

7. (tener ataque, enfermedad) to have

le ha dado un ataque de asma she had an asthma attack

8. (producir fruto, flores) to bear [pt. bore; pp. borne]

el peral da peras the pear tree bears pears

9. (sonar las horas) to strike [pt. & pp. struck]

el reloj dio las ocho the clock struck eight

ya han dado las diez it's gone ten o'clock

10. (encender, conectar) to turn on

¿has dado el gas? have you turned the gas on?

11. (chocar, golpear) to hit [pt. & pp. hit]

la pelota dio contra el cristal the ball hit the window

12. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]

me dio las buenas noches he said goodnight to me / he wished me goodnight

le di las gracias I thanked him

dar a to overlook / to look onto

esta habitación da a la calle this room overlooks the street

dar a entender to imply [pt. & pp. implied]

dar a luz to give birth [pt. gave; pp. given]

dio a luz a una niña preciosa she gave birth to a beautiful little girl

dar de comer to feed [pt. & pp. fed]

dar igual not to matter / not to mind

da igual it doesn't matter

me da igual I don't mind

¿qué más da? what difference does it make?

Spanish-English dictionary > dar
4 hacer

v.

1 to do (realizar) (estudios, experimento, favor).

¿qué haces? what are you doing?

tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do

estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year

¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?

la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road

Ella hace la tarea She does her work.

2 to make.

hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans

hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/a symphony

hacer una fiesta to have a party

para hacer la carne… to cook the meat…

Ricardo hizo una casita Richard made a little house.

Le hago estudiar I make him study.

Nos hizo un problema He made us a problem (he made a problem for us)

3 to make (obtener) (fotocopia).

4 to do (arreglar) (casa, colada).

5 to build (to build).

han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building

6 to make (movimientos, sonidos, gestos).

le hice señas I signaled to her

hacer ruido to make a noise

el gato hace "miau" cats go "meow"

7 to do (practicar) (en general).

debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport

8 to cause to look or seem (dar aspecto a).

este espejo te hace gordo that mirror makes you look o seem fat

9 to play (Cine & Teatro) (papel).

hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter

10 to think, to reckon.

a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now

11 to be done to.

Se me hizo una injusticia An injustice was done to me.

12 to place.

Haré una llamada a mi hermana I will place a call to my sister.

13 to be made to.

Se nos hizo pagar una gran suma We were made to pay a large amount.

14 to be made for.

Se me hizo una camisa A shirt was made for me.

15 to travel, to make.

Hicimos dos kilómetros We traveled two kilometers.

* * *

HACER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

hago, haces, hace, hacemos, hacéis, hacen.

Past Indicative

hice, hiciste, hizo, hicimos, hicisteis, hicieron.

Future Indicative

haré, harás, hará, haremos, haréis, harán.

Conditional

haría, harías, haría, haríamos, haríais, harían.

Present Subjunctive

haga, hagas, haga, hagamos, hagáis, hagan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

hiciera, hicieras, hiciera, hiciéramos, hicierais, hicieran;

hiciese, hicieses, hiciese, hiciésemos, hicieseis, hiciesen.

Future Subjunctive

hiciere, hicieres, hiciere, hiciéremos, hiciereis, hicieren.

Imperative

haz (tú), haga (él/Vd.), hagamos (nos.), haced (vos.), hagan (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

hecho,-a.

* * *

verb

1) to make

2) do

3) be

•

- hace dos años
- hacer falta
- hacerse
* * *
Para las expresiones hacer añicos, hacer gracia, hacerse ilusiones, hacer pedazos, hacerse de rogar, hacer el tonto, hacer las veces de ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) [indicando actividad en general] to do

¿qué haces? — what are you doing?

¿qué haces ahí? — what are you doing there?

no sé qué hacer — I don't know what to do

hace y deshace las cosas a su antojo — she does as she pleases

¡eso no se hace! — that's not done!

no hizo nada por ayudarnos — she didn't do anything to help us

haz todo lo posible por llegar a tiempo — do everything possible to arrive on time

• hacer el [amor] — to make love

• hacer la [guerra] — to wage war

- ¡qué le vamos a hacer!

hacer algo por hacer —

no tiene sentido hacer las cosas por hacerlas — there's no point doing things just for the sake of it

- ¡la hemos hecho buena!

- ya ha hecho otra de las suyas

2) [en lugar de otro verbo] to do

él protestó y yo hice lo mismo — he protested and I did the same

no viene tanto como lo solía hacer — he doesn't come as much as he used to

3) (=crear) [+ coche, escultura, juguete, ropa, pastel] to make; [+ casa] to build; [+ dibujo] to do; [+ novela, sinfonía] to write

hacer dinero — to make money

• le cuesta trabajo hacer [amigos] — he finds it hard to make friends

4) (=realizar) [+ apuesta, discurso, objeción] to make; [+ deporte, deberes] to do; [+ caca, pipí] to do; [+ nudo] to tie; [+ pregunta] to ask; [+ visita] to pay; [+ milagros] to do, work

el gato hizo miau — the cat went miaow, the cat miaowed

el árbol no hace mucha sombra — the tree isn't very shady, the tree doesn't provide a lot of shade

¿me puedes hacer el nudo de la corbata? — could you knot my tie for me?

• hacer un [favor] a algn — to do sb a favour

• hacer un [gesto] — [con la cara] to make {o} pull a face; [con la mano] to make a sign

• hacer un [recado] — to do {o} run an errand

• hacer [ruido] — to make a noise

• hacer [sitio] — to make room

• hacer [tiempo] — to kill time

5) (=preparar) [+ cama, comida] to make

hacer el pelo/las uñas a algn — to do sb's hair/nails

hacer la barba a algn — to trim sb's beard

• hacer las [maletas] — to pack one's bags

6) (=dedicarse a)

¿qué hace tu padre? — what does your father do?

está haciendo turismo en África — he's gone touring in Africa

• hacer [cine] — to make films

• hacer [teatro] — to act

7) (=actuar)

hacer un papel — to play a role {o} part

hacer el papel de malo — to play the (part of the) villain

8) (=sumar) to make

6 y 3 hacen 9 — 6 and 3 make 9

este hace 100 — this one makes 100

y cincuenta céntimos, hacen diez euros — and fifty cents change, which makes ten euros

este hace el corredor número 100 en atravesar la meta — he's the 100th runner to cross the finishing line

9) (=cumplir)

voy a hacer 30 años la próxima semana — I'm going to be 30 next week, it's my 30th birthday next week

10) (=obligar) + infin to make

les hice venir — I made them come

siempre consigue hacerme reír — she always manages to make me laugh

le gustaba hacerme rabiar — he enjoyed making me mad

• hágale [entrar] — show him in, have him come in

• me lo hizo [saber] — he told me about it, he informed me of it

• hacer [que] + subjun —

yo haré que vengan — I'll make sure they come

11) (=mandar)
+ infin
hizo construirse un palacio — she had a palace built

hicieron pintar la fachada del colegio — they had the front of the school painted

12) (=transformar) + adj to make

esto lo hará más difícil — this will make it more difficult

hacer feliz a algn — to make sb happy

te hace más delgado — it makes you look slimmer

has hecho de mí un hombre muy feliz — you've made me a very happy man

13) (=pensar) to think

yo le hacía más viejo — I thought he was older, I had him down as being older

te hacíamos en el Perú — we thought you were in Peru

14) (=acostumbrar)

hacer el cuerpo al frío — to get one's body used to the cold

15) (=ejercitar)

hacer dedos — to do finger exercises

hacer piernas — to stretch one's legs

16)

• hacer a algn [con] (=proveer) —

me hizo con dinero — he provided me with money

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=comportarse)

haces bien en esperar — you're right to wait

haces mal no contestando a sus llamadas — it's wrong of you not to answer his calls

• hacer [como] que {o} como si — to make as if

hizo como que no se daba cuenta {o} como si no se diera cuenta — he made as if he hadn't noticed, he pretended not to have noticed

hizo como si me fuera a pegar — he made as if to strike me

2)

• [dar que] hacer — to cause trouble

dieron que hacer a la policía — they caused {o} gave the police quite a bit of trouble

3) (=importar)

no le hace — LAm it doesn't matter, never mind

- ¡no le hagas!

4) (=ser apropiado)

¿hace? — will it do?, is it all right?; (=¿de acuerdo?) is it a deal?

la llave hace a todas las puertas — the key fits all the doors

hace a todo — he's good for anything

5) (=apetecer)

¿te hace que vayamos a tomar unas copas? — how about going for a drink?, what do you say we go for a drink?

¿te hace un cigarrillo? — how about a cigarette?, do you fancy a cigarette?

6) [seguido de preposición]
hacer de (Teat) to play the part of
hacer de malo — to play the villain
hacer por (=intentar)
haz por verlo si puedes — try to get round to seeing him if you can

hacer por hacer algo — to try to do sth, make an effort to do sth

3. VERBO IMPERSONAL

1) [con expresiones de tiempo atmosférico] to be

hace calor/frío — it's hot/cold

hizo dos grados bajo cero — it was two degrees below zero

¿qué tiempo hace? — what's the weather like?

ojalá haga buen tiempo — I hope the weather's nice

2) [con expresiones temporales]

hace tres años que se fue — he left three years ago, it's three years since he left

hace tres años que no lo veo — I haven't seen him for three years, it's three years since I (last) saw him

ha estado aquí hasta hace poco — he was here only a short while ago

no hace mucho — not long ago

hace un mes que voy — I've been going for a month

¿hace mucho que esperas? — have you been waiting long?

hace de esto varios años — it is some years since this happened

• [desde] hace cuatro años — for four years

está perdido desde hace 15 días — it's been missing for a fortnight

3) LAm (=haber, tener)

hace sed — I'm thirsty

hace sueño — I'm sleepy

4.

See:

hacerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

hacen buena pareja — they make a lovely couple

2)

a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

me hicieron una visita — they paid me a visit

me hizo un regalo — she gave me a gift

¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

aún queda mucho por hacer — there is still a lot (left) to do

dar que hacer — to make a lot of work

b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out

3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

nadie hizo ninguna objeción — nobody raised any objections

nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras — he related his adventures to us

4) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make

6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

7)

a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

este jabón no hace espuma — this soap doesn't lather

esos chistes no me hacen gracia — I don't find those jokes funny

estos zapatos me hacen daño — these shoes hurt my feet

b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go

las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover

9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

el visitante que hacía el número mil — the thousandth visitor

Sentido II

10)

a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do

no hace más que quejarse — she does nothing but complain

no hice más que cumplir con mi deber — I only did my duty

le gustaría hacer teatro — she would like to work in the theater

hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do

c) ( estudiar) to do

hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

hacer un curso de cocina — to do a cookery course

11)

a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

aquí se hace lo que digo yo — around here what I say goes

hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

hacerla (buena) — (fam)

ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

no sé qué hice con los recibos — I don't know what I did with the receipts

y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

c) ( causar daño)

hacerle algo a alguien — to do something to somebody

yo no le hice nada — I didn't do anything to her

el perro no te hace nada — the dog won't hurt you

12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

13) ( sustituyendo a otro verbo)

toca bien el piano - antes lo hacía mejor — she plays the piano well - she used to play better

voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

eso no le hace nada — that doesn't matter at all

Sentido III

15) (transformar en, volver) to make

te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

la hizo su mujer — he made her his wife

hizo pedazos la carta — she tore the letter into tiny pieces

ella lo hizo posible — she made it possible

hacer algo de algo — to turn something into something

hacer algo de alguien — to make something of somebody

quiero hacer de ti un gran actor — I want to make a great actor of you

16) ( dar apariencia de)

ese vestido te hace más delgada — that dress makes you look thinner

17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

me hizo llorar — it made me cry

todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

hizo caer al niño — he knocked the child over

hágalo pasar — tell him to come in

hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! — you're going to make me lose my temper!

18) ( obligar a)

hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

me hizo esperar tres horas — she kept me waiting for three hours

me hizo abrirla — he made me open it

hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

hizo que todos se sentaran — he made everybody sit down

19)

hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

20) (suponer, imaginar)

te hacía en Buenos Aires — I thought you were in Buenos Aires

yo que lo hacía casado! — I had the idea that he was married!
2.
hacer vi

Sentido I

1)

a) (obrar, actuar)

déjame hacer a mí — just let me handle this o take care of this

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

le hace a todo — she does a bit of everything

yo no le hago a la pintura — I don't go in for painting

hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

b) (+ compl)

hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

haces mal en mentir — it's wrong of you to lie

2) ( refiriéndose a las necesidades fisiológicas)

mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

3) (fingir, simular)

hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

hice como que no oía — I pretended not to hear

haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

4) ( servir)

hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

5) ( interpretar personaje)

hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

Sentido II

6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

le va a hacer bien salir un poco — it'll do her good to get out a bit

la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

7) ( corresponder)

hacerle a algo — to fit something

esta tapa no le hace al frasco — this lid doesn't fit the jar

8)

no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

9) (en 3^a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)
3.
hacer v impers

1)

a) ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico)

hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

hace tres grados — it's three degrees

(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso — the weather was terrible

b) (fam & hum)

hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

2) ( expresando tiempo transcurrido)

hace dos años que murió — he's been dead for two years

¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

hace mucho que lo conozco — I've known him for a long time

no lo veo desde hace años — I haven't seen him for years

hacía años que no lo veía — I hadn't seen him for o in years

hasta hace poco — until recently
4.
1) hacerse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse)

hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo un nudo en el hilo — I got a knot in the thread

se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

hacérsele algo a alguien — (Méx)

por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

3)

a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself

se hace toda la ropa — she makes all her (own) clothes

se hicieron una casita — they built themselves a little house

b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)

se hicieron una casita — they had a little house built

se hizo la cirugía estética — she had plastic surgery

voy a hacerme las manos — I'm going to have a manicure

4) ( causarse)

me hice un tajo en el dedo — I cut my finger

¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

5) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make

hacerse un nombre — to make a name for oneself

hacerse enemigos — to make enemies

Sentido II

7)

a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

se están haciendo viejos — they are getting o growing old

b) (impers)

se hace de noche muy pronto — it gets dark very early

se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos hizo de noche esperándolo — it got dark while we were waiting for him

c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook

d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

8) ( resultar)

esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo interminable — it seemed interminable

se me hace difícil creerlo — I find it very hard to believe

9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

10) (caus)

hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

11) ( acostumbrarse)

hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

no consigo hacerme a la idea — I can't get used to the idea

12) ( fingirse)

no te hagas el inocente — don't act the innocent

me vio pero se hizo el loco — he saw me but pretended he hadn't

¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

14) hacerse con

el ejército se hizo con la ciudad — the army took the city

tengo que hacerme con esa carta — I must get hold of that letter

logró hacerse con el control de la compañía — he managed to gain control of the company

15) hacerse de (AmL)

se hicieron de gran fama — they became very famous

tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

se hizo de muchos amigos — he made a lot of friends

* * *

= accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.

Ex. If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.

Ex. In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.

Ex. When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.

Ex. As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.

Ex. Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.

Ex. In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.

Ex. Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.

Ex. The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.

Ex. So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.

Ex. There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.

Ex. This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..

Ex. The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.

Ex. The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.

Ex. The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.

Ex. The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.

----

* acceder haciendo clic = click.

* acusación + hacer = accusation + level.

* aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.

* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.

* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.

* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.

* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.

* anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.

* aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.

* batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.

* ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.

* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.

* contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.

* continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.

* continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.

* cuando hace frío = in the cold.

* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.

* decidir hacer = spring for.

* decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.

* desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.

* desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.

* desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace muchos años = for years.

* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.

* desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.

* desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.

* desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.

* desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.

* desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.

* desde hace ya años = for years now.

* difícil de hacer = hard to do.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.

* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.

* esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* esperado hace tiempo = overdue.

* esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.

* establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.

* estar haciendo = be up to.

* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.

* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.

* existir desde hace años = be around for years.

* frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.

* hace algunos años = some years ago.

* hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.

* hace años = years ago.

* hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.

* hacer huir en batalla = route.

* hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.

* hace miles de años = aeons ago.

* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.

* hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.

* hace muchos años = many years ago.

* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.

* hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.

* hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.

* hacer abono orgánico = compost.

* hacer acampada = camp.

* hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.

* hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.

* hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.

* hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.

* hacer ágil = limber up.

* hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.

* hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.

* hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.

* hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.

* hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.

* hacer alegaciones = plead.

* hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.

* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.

* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.

* hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).

* hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).

* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.

* hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.

* hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.

* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.

* hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.

* hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.

* hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.

* hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.

* hacer Algo puré = mash.

* hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.

* hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.

* hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.

* hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.

* hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.

* hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.

* hacer a mano = handcraft.

* hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.

* hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.

* hacer amigos = win + friends.

* hacer amistad = make + friend.

* hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.

* hacer amistades = friend.

* hacer ampollas = blister.

* hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.

* hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer aparecer = cause + display of.

* hacer a partir de = make out of.

* hacer apología = make + apology.

* hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.

* hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.

* hacer asequible = make + amenable.

* hacer atractivo = endear.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.

* hacer avances = make + headway.

* hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.

* hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.

* hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.

* hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.

* hacer bajar = force down.

* hacer balance de = take + stock of.

* hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.

* hacer basto = coarsen.

* hacer bien = do + good.

* hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.

* hacer borroso = blur.

* hacer bromas = banter.

* hacer bucles = loop.

* hacer buenas migas = hit it off.

* hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.

* hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.

* hacer bulto = bulge.

* hacer búsquedas en = search through.

* hacer caca = take + a dump.

* hacer caer = oust.

* hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.

* hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.

* hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.

* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.

* hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.

* hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).

* hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.

* hacer cara a = brave.

* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).

* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.

* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.

* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.

* hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.

* hacer chanchullos = fiddle.

* hacer chatting = chat.

* hacer circular = pass around.

* hacer circular por = circulate round.

* hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.

* hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cola = queue up.

* hacer colectas = exact + contributions.

* hacer comentarios = air + comments.

* hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.

* hacer como si nada = play it + cool.

* hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.

* hacer comparecer = arraign.

* hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer compost = compost.

* hacer compras = do + shopping.

* hacer comprender = bring + home.

* hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.

* hacer concesiones = make + allowances.

* hacer conjeturas = speculate.

* hacer constar = state.

* hacer contrabando = smuggle.

* hacer copias = make + multiple copies.

* hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.

* hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.

* hacer cosas = get + things done.

* hacer cosquillas = tickle.

* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.

* hacer crítica = find + fault with.

* hacer croché = crochet.

* hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.

* hacer cumplir = uphold.

* hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.

* hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.

* hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.

* hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.

* hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.

* hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.

* hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.

* hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.

* hacer de = make out of.

* hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.

* hacer declamaciones = declaim.

* hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.

* hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.

* hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.

* hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.

* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.

* hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].

* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.

* hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.

* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.

* hacer descuento = discount.

* hacer desfilar = parade.

* hacer detonar = detonate.

* hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.

* hacer diabluras = play + pranks.

* hacer diana = hit + home.

* hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.

* hacer dinero = make + money.

* hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.

* hacer eco = echo, resonate.

* hacer eco de = echo.

* hacer efectivo = cash in.

* hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.

* hacer ejercicio físico = work out.

* hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.

* hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.

* hacer el amor = make + love.

* hacer el avío = get + ready.

* hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer el cambio = make + the change.

* hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.

* hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer el dobladillo = hem.

* hacer elección = make + choices.

* hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.

* hacer el indio = horse around/about.

* hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.

* hacer el mal = do + evil.

* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.

* hacer el monigote = fool around.

* hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.

* hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* hacer el testamento = testate.

* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.

* hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* hacer encaje = tat.

* hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.

* hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer encargos = run + errands.

* hacer enemigos = make + enemies.

* hacer entender = get across.

* hacer erupción = erupt.

* hacer escala = stop over.

* hacer eses = zigzag.

* hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.

* hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.

* hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.

* hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.

* hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.

* hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.

* hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.

* hacer esto = go along + this road.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.

* hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.

* hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).

* hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.

* hacer estrías = rifle.

* hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.

* hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.

* hacer explícito = make + explicit.

* hacer explotar = blow up.

* hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.

* hacer factible = make + feasible.

* hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.

* hacer flexible = limber up.

* hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.

* hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].

* hacer fotografía = make + picture.

* hacer fracasar = foil, derail.

* hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.

* hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.

* hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.

* hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.

* hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.

* hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.

* hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.

* hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).

* hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.

* hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.

* hacer frente a la vida = cope.

* hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.

* hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.

* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.

* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.

* hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.

* hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.

* hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.

* hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.

* hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.

* hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.

* hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.

* hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.

* hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.

* hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.

* hacer fresco = be cool.

* hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.

* hacer gala de = sport.

* hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.

* hacer ganchillo = crochet.

* hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.

* hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.

* hacer gozar = delight.

* hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer guardar silencio = shush.

* hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.

* hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.

* hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].

* hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.

* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.

* hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.

* hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.

* hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.

* hacer horas extras = work + overtime.

* hacer hueco = make + room (for).

* hacer huelga = strike.

* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.

* hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.

* hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.

* hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.

* hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.

* hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.

* hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.

* hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.

* hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.

* hacer inutilizable = render + useless.

* hacer juego con = go with.

* hacer juegos malabares = juggle.

* hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer justicia = do + justice.

* hacer la cama = make + the bed.

* hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.

* hacer la guerra = make + war.

* hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.

* hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.

* hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.

* hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.

* hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.

* hacer largos = swim + laps.

* hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.

* hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.

* hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.

* hacer la transición = make + the transition.

* hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.

* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.

* hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.

* hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.

* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.

* hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.

* hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.

* hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.

* hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.

* hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.

* hacerlo = do so, go ahead.

* hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.

* hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.

* hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.

* hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.

* hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.

* hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.

* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.

* hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.

* hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.

* hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.

* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.

* hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.

* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.

* hacer los deberes = do + homework.

* hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.

* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacer malabarismos = juggle.

* hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer mandados = run + errands.

* hacer maravillas = work + wonders.

* hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.

* hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.

* hacer más eficiente = streamline.

* hacer más estricto = tighten.

* hacer más fuerte = toughen.

* hacer más inteligente = smarten.

* hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.

* hacer más preciso = tightening up.

* hacer más rico = add + richness to.

* hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.

* hacer más sabroso = pep up.

* hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.

* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.

* hacer mejoras = make + improvements.

* hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.

* hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.

* hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.

* hacer mezcla = mix + cement.

* hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.

* hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* hacer mucho = do + much.

* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.

* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.

* hacer necesario = render + necessary.

* hacer negocio = make + business.

* hacer negocios = do + business, transact.

* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.

* hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.

* hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.

* hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.

* hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.

* hacer nudos = knot.

* hacer objeciones contra = urge against.

* hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.

* hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.

* hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.

* hacer ordinario = coarsen.

* hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.

* hacer palmas = clap.

* hacer paradas = make + stops.

* hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.

* hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.

* hacer partícipe = engage.

* hacer pasajero = render + transitory.

* hacer patochadas = fool around.

* hacer payasadas = fool around.

* hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.

* hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.

* hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.

* hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.

* hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.

* hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.

* hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.

* hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.

* hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.

* hacer permanente = render + permanent.

* hacer ping = ping.

* hacer pipí = pee.

* hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.

* hacer planes = plan, make + plans.

* hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....

* hacer poco = do + little.

* hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].

* hacer por encargo = make to + order.

* hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.

* hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.

* hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.

* hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.

* hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.

* hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.

* hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

hacen buena pareja — they make a lovely couple

2)

a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

me hicieron una visita — they paid me a visit

me hizo un regalo — she gave me a gift

¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

aún queda mucho por hacer — there is still a lot (left) to do

dar que hacer — to make a lot of work

b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out

3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

nadie hizo ninguna objeción — nobody raised any objections

nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras — he related his adventures to us

4) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make

6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

7)

a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

este jabón no hace espuma — this soap doesn't lather

esos chistes no me hacen gracia — I don't find those jokes funny

estos zapatos me hacen daño — these shoes hurt my feet

b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go

las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover

9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

el visitante que hacía el número mil — the thousandth visitor

Sentido II

10)

a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do

no hace más que quejarse — she does nothing but complain

no hice más que cumplir con mi deber — I only did my duty

le gustaría hacer teatro — she would like to work in the theater

hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do

c) ( estudiar) to do

hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

hacer un curso de cocina — to do a cookery course

11)

a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

aquí se hace lo que digo yo — around here what I say goes

hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

hacerla (buena) — (fam)

ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

no sé qué hice con los recibos — I don't know what I did with the receipts

y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

c) ( causar daño)

hacerle algo a alguien — to do something to somebody

yo no le hice nada — I didn't do anything to her

el perro no te hace nada — the dog won't hurt you

12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

13) ( sustituyendo a otro verbo)

toca bien el piano - antes lo hacía mejor — she plays the piano well - she used to play better

voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

eso no le hace nada — that doesn't matter at all

Sentido III

15) (transformar en, volver) to make

te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

la hizo su mujer — he made her his wife

hizo pedazos la carta — she tore the letter into tiny pieces

ella lo hizo posible — she made it possible

hacer algo de algo — to turn something into something

hacer algo de alguien — to make something of somebody

quiero hacer de ti un gran actor — I want to make a great actor of you

16) ( dar apariencia de)

ese vestido te hace más delgada — that dress makes you look thinner

17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

me hizo llorar — it made me cry

todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

hizo caer al niño — he knocked the child over

hágalo pasar — tell him to come in

hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! — you're going to make me lose my temper!

18) ( obligar a)

hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

me hizo esperar tres horas — she kept me waiting for three hours

me hizo abrirla — he made me open it

hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

hizo que todos se sentaran — he made everybody sit down

19)

hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

20) (suponer, imaginar)

te hacía en Buenos Aires — I thought you were in Buenos Aires

yo que lo hacía casado! — I had the idea that he was married!
2.
hacer vi

Sentido I

1)

a) (obrar, actuar)

déjame hacer a mí — just let me handle this o take care of this

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

le hace a todo — she does a bit of everything

yo no le hago a la pintura — I don't go in for painting

hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

b) (+ compl)

hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

haces mal en mentir — it's wrong of you to lie

2) ( refiriéndose a las necesidades fisiológicas)

mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

3) (fingir, simular)

hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

hice como que no oía — I pretended not to hear

haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

4) ( servir)

hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

5) ( interpretar personaje)

hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

Sentido II

6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

le va a hacer bien salir un poco — it'll do her good to get out a bit

la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

7) ( corresponder)

hacerle a algo — to fit something

esta tapa no le hace al frasco — this lid doesn't fit the jar

8)

no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

9) (en 3^a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)
3.
hacer v impers

1)

a) ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico)

hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

hace tres grados — it's three degrees

(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso — the weather was terrible

b) (fam & hum)

hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

2) ( expresando tiempo transcurrido)

hace dos años que murió — he's been dead for two years

¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

hace mucho que lo conozco — I've known him for a long time

no lo veo desde hace años — I haven't seen him for years

hacía años que no lo veía — I hadn't seen him for o in years

hasta hace poco — until recently
4.
1) hacerse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse)

hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo un nudo en el hilo — I got a knot in the thread

se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

hacérsele algo a alguien — (Méx)

por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

3)

a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself

se hace toda la ropa — she makes all her (own) clothes

se hicieron una casita — they built themselves a little house

b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)

se hicieron una casita — they had a little house built

se hizo la cirugía estética — she had plastic surgery

voy a hacerme las manos — I'm going to have a manicure

4) ( causarse)

me hice un tajo en el dedo — I cut my finger

¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

5) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make

hacerse un nombre — to make a name for oneself

hacerse enemigos — to make enemies

Sentido II

7)

a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

se están haciendo viejos — they are getting o growing old

b) (impers)

se hace de noche muy pronto — it gets dark very early

se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos hizo de noche esperándolo — it got dark while we were waiting for him

c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook

d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

8) ( resultar)

esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo interminable — it seemed interminable

se me hace difícil creerlo — I find it very hard to believe

9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

10) (caus)

hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

11) ( acostumbrarse)

hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

no consigo hacerme a la idea — I can't get used to the idea

12) ( fingirse)

no te hagas el inocente — don't act the innocent

me vio pero se hizo el loco — he saw me but pretended he hadn't

¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

14) hacerse con

el ejército se hizo con la ciudad — the army took the city

tengo que hacerme con esa carta — I must get hold of that letter

logró hacerse con el control de la compañía — he managed to gain control of the company

15) hacerse de (AmL)

se hicieron de gran fama — they became very famous

tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

se hizo de muchos amigos — he made a lot of friends

* * *

= accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.

Ex: If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.

Ex: In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.

Ex: When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.

Ex: As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.

Ex: Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.

Ex: In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.

Ex: Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.

Ex: The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.

Ex: So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.

Ex: There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.

Ex: This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..

Ex: The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.

Ex: The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.

Ex: The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.

Ex: The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.

* acceder haciendo clic = click.

* acusación + hacer = accusation + level.

* aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.

* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.

* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.

* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.

* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.

* anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.

* aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.

* batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.

* ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.

* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.

* contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.

* continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.

* continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.

* cuando hace frío = in the cold.

* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.

* decidir hacer = spring for.

* decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.

* desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.

* desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.

* desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace muchos años = for years.

* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.

* desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.

* desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.

* desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.

* desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.

* desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.

* desde hace ya años = for years now.

* difícil de hacer = hard to do.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.

* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.

* esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* esperado hace tiempo = overdue.

* esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.

* establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.

* estar haciendo = be up to.

* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.

* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.

* existir desde hace años = be around for years.

* frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.

* hace algunos años = some years ago.

* hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.

* hace años = years ago.

* hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.

* hacer huir en batalla = route.

* hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.

* hace miles de años = aeons ago.

* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.

* hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.

* hace muchos años = many years ago.

* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.

* hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.

* hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.

* hacer abono orgánico = compost.

* hacer acampada = camp.

* hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.

* hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.

* hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.

* hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.

* hacer ágil = limber up.

* hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.

* hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.

* hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.

* hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.

* hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.

* hacer alegaciones = plead.

* hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.

* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.

* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.

* hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).

* hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).

* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.

* hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.

* hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.

* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.

* hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.

* hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.

* hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.

* hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.

* hacer Algo puré = mash.

* hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.

* hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.

* hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.

* hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.

* hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.

* hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.

* hacer a mano = handcraft.

* hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.

* hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.

* hacer amigos = win + friends.

* hacer amistad = make + friend.

* hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.

* hacer amistades = friend.

* hacer ampollas = blister.

* hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.

* hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer aparecer = cause + display of.

* hacer a partir de = make out of.

* hacer apología = make + apology.

* hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.

* hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.

* hacer asequible = make + amenable.

* hacer atractivo = endear.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.

* hacer avances = make + headway.

* hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.

* hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.

* hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.

* hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.

* hacer bajar = force down.

* hacer balance de = take + stock of.

* hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.

* hacer basto = coarsen.

* hacer bien = do + good.

* hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.

* hacer borroso = blur.

* hacer bromas = banter.

* hacer bucles = loop.

* hacer buenas migas = hit it off.

* hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.

* hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.

* hacer bulto = bulge.

* hacer búsquedas en = search through.

* hacer caca = take + a dump.

* hacer caer = oust.

* hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.

* hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.

* hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.

* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.

* hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.

* hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).

* hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.

* hacer cara a = brave.

* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).

* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.

* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.

* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.

* hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.

* hacer chanchullos = fiddle.

* hacer chatting = chat.

* hacer circular = pass around.

* hacer circular por = circulate round.

* hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.

* hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cola = queue up.

* hacer colectas = exact + contributions.

* hacer comentarios = air + comments.

* hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.

* hacer como si nada = play it + cool.

* hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.

* hacer comparecer = arraign.

* hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer compost = compost.

* hacer compras = do + shopping.

* hacer comprender = bring + home.

* hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.

* hacer concesiones = make + allowances.

* hacer conjeturas = speculate.

* hacer constar = state.

* hacer contrabando = smuggle.

* hacer copias = make + multiple copies.

* hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.

* hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.

* hacer cosas = get + things done.

* hacer cosquillas = tickle.

* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.

* hacer crítica = find + fault with.

* hacer croché = crochet.

* hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.

* hacer cumplir = uphold.

* hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.

* hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.

* hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.

* hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.

* hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.

* hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.

* hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.

* hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.

* hacer de = make out of.

* hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.

* hacer declamaciones = declaim.

* hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.

* hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.

* hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.

* hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.

* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.

* hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].

* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.

* hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.

* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.

* hacer descuento = discount.

* hacer desfilar = parade.

* hacer detonar = detonate.

* hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.

* hacer diabluras = play + pranks.

* hacer diana = hit + home.

* hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.

* hacer dinero = make + money.

* hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.

* hacer eco = echo, resonate.

* hacer eco de = echo.

* hacer efectivo = cash in.

* hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.

* hacer ejercicio físico = work out.

* hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.

* hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.

* hacer el amor = make + love.

* hacer el avío = get + ready.

* hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer el cambio = make + the change.

* hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.

* hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer el dobladillo = hem.

* hacer elección = make + choices.

* hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.

* hacer el indio = horse around/about.

* hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.

* hacer el mal = do + evil.

* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.

* hacer el monigote = fool around.

* hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.

* hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* hacer el testamento = testate.

* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.

* hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* hacer encaje = tat.

* hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.

* hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer encargos = run + errands.

* hacer enemigos = make + enemies.

* hacer entender = get across.

* hacer erupción = erupt.

* hacer escala = stop over.

* hacer eses = zigzag.

* hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.

* hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.

* hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.

* hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.

* hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.

* hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.

* hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.

* hacer esto = go along + this road.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.

* hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.

* hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).

* hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.

* hacer estrías = rifle.

* hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.

* hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.

* hacer explícito = make + explicit.

* hacer explotar = blow up.

* hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.

* hacer factible = make + feasible.

* hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.

* hacer flexible = limber up.

* hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.

* hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].

* hacer fotografía = make + picture.

* hacer fracasar = foil, derail.

* hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.

* hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.

* hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.

* hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.

* hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.

* hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.

* hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.

* hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).

* hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.

* hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.

* hacer frente a la vida = cope.

* hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.

* hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.

* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.

* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.

* hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.

* hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.

* hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.

* hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.

* hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.

* hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.

* hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.

* hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.

* hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.

* hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.

* hacer fresco = be cool.

* hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.

* hacer gala de = sport.

* hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.

* hacer ganchillo = crochet.

* hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.

* hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.

* hacer gozar = delight.

* hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer guardar silencio = shush.

* hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.

* hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.

* hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].

* hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.

* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.

* hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.

* hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.

* hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.

* hacer horas extras = work + overtime.

* hacer hueco = make + room (for).

* hacer huelga = strike.

* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.

* hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.

* hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.

* hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.

* hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.

* hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.

* hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.

* hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.

* hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.

* hacer inutilizable = render + useless.

* hacer juego con = go with.

* hacer juegos malabares = juggle.

* hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer justicia = do + justice.

* hacer la cama = make + the bed.

* hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.

* hacer la guerra = make + war.

* hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.

* hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.

* hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.

* hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.

* hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.

* hacer largos = swim + laps.

* hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.

* hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.

* hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.

* hacer la transición = make + the transition.

* hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.

* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.

* hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.

* hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.

* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.

* hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.

* hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.

* hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.

* hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.

* hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.

* hacerlo = do so, go ahead.

* hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.

* hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.

* hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.

* hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.

* hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.

* hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.

* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.

* hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.

* hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.

* hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.

* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.

* hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.

* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.

* hacer los deberes = do + homework.

* hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.

* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacer malabarismos = juggle.

* hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer mandados = run + errands.

* hacer maravillas = work + wonders.

* hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.

* hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.

* hacer más eficiente = streamline.

* hacer más estricto = tighten.

* hacer más fuerte = toughen.

* hacer más inteligente = smarten.

* hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.

* hacer más preciso = tightening up.

* hacer más rico = add + richness to.

* hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.

* hacer más sabroso = pep up.

* hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.

* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.

* hacer mejoras = make + improvements.

* hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.

* hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.

* hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.

* hacer mezcla = mix + cement.

* hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.

* hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* hacer mucho = do + much.

* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.

* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.

* hacer necesario = render + necessary.

* hacer negocio = make + business.

* hacer negocios = do + business, transact.

* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.

* hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.

* hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.

* hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.

* hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.

* hacer nudos = knot.

* hacer objeciones contra = urge against.

* hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.

* hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.

* hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.

* hacer ordinario = coarsen.

* hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.

* hacer palmas = clap.

* hacer paradas = make + stops.

* hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.

* hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.

* hacer partícipe = engage.

* hacer pasajero = render + transitory.

* hacer patochadas = fool around.

* hacer payasadas = fool around.

* hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.

* hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.

* hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.

* hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.

* hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.

* hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.

* hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.

* hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.

* hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.

* hacer permanente = render + permanent.

* hacer ping = ping.

* hacer pipí = pee.

* hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.

* hacer planes = plan, make + plans.

* hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....

* hacer poco = do + little.

* hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].

* hacer por encargo = make to + order.

* hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.

* hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.

* hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.

* hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.

* hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.

* hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.

* hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].

* * *

hacer [ E18 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ hacer (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 crear

2 extender: cheque, factura etc

B efectuar, llevar a cabo

C formular, expresar

D con las necesidades fisiológicas

E adquirir: dinero, amigos etc

F preparar, arreglar

G

1 producir, causar

2 refiriéndose a sonidos

H recorrer

I en cálculos, enumeraciones

Sentido II

A

1 ocuparse en una actividad

2 como profesión, ocupación

3 estudiar

B

1 actuar de cierta manera

2 dar cierto uso

3 causar daño

C actuar como

D hacer una vida

E sustituyendo a otro verbo

F afectar, importar

Sentido III

A transformar en, volver

B dar apariencia de

C inducir a, ser la causa de que

D obligar a

E hacer hacer algo

F acostumbrar

G suponer, imaginar

■ hacer (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 obrar, actuar

2 hacer bien, mal etc

B con las necesidades fisiológicas

C fingir, simular

D intentar, procurar

E servir

F interpretar un personaje

Sentido II

A

1 sentarle bien, mal

2 quedar, resultar

B corresponder

C no le hace

D en tercera persona: concernir

E apetecer

■ hacer (verbo impersonal)

A

1 refiriéndose al tiempo

2 familiar humorístico

B expresando el tiempo transcurrido

■ hacerse (verbo pronominal)

Sentido I

A producirse

B

1 hacer para sí

2 hacer que otro haga

C causarse

D con las necesidades fisiológicas

E adquirir

Sentido II

A

1 volverse, convertirse en

2 impersonal

3 cocinarse

4 pasarle (a algn)

B resultar

C dar la impresión de

D causativo

E acostumbrarse

F fingirse

G

1 moverse

2 colocarse

H hacerse con

I hacerse de

vt

Sentido I [ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

A

1 (crear) ‹mueble› to make; ‹casa/carretera› to build; ‹nido› to build, make; ‹coche› to make, manufacture; ‹dibujo› to do, draw; ‹lista› to make, draw up; ‹resumen› to do, make; ‹película› to make; ‹vestido/cortina› to make; ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake; ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make; ‹cerveza› to make, brew

les hace toda la ropa a los niños she makes all the children's clothes

hacer un nudo/lazo to tie a knot/bow

hazme un plano de la zona do o draw me a map of the area

me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa he made room o a place for me at the table

le hizo un hijo ( fam); he got her pregnant

hacen una pareja preciosa they make a lovely couple

2 (extender) ‹cheque/factura/receta› to make out, write out, write

me hizo un cheque she wrote o made me out a check

B (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹sacrificio› to make; ‹milagro› to work, perform; ‹deberes/ejercicios› to do; ‹transacción› to carry out; ‹experimento› to do, perform; ‹limpieza› to do

estaban haciendo los preparativos para el viaje they were making preparations for o they were preparing for the journey

me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit, they came and visited me

hicieron una gira por Europa they went on o did a tour of Europe

hicimos el viaje sin parar we did the journey without stopping

me hizo un regalo precioso she gave me a beautiful gift

tengo que hacer los mandados I have some errands to run

¿me haces un favor? will you do me a favor?

me hizo señas para que me acercara she motioned to me to come closer

hicimos un trato we did o made a deal

hago un papel secundario en la obra I have a minor part in the play

aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do

C (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make; ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up; ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice; ‹pregunta› to ask

nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections, nobody objected

nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras he related his adventures to us, he gave us an account of his adventures

D

(con las necesidades fisiológicas): hace dos días que no hago caca ( fam); I haven't been for two days ( euph)

hice pis or pipí antes de salir ( fam); I had a pee before I left ( colloq)

hacer sus necesidades ( euf); to go to the bathroom o toilet

E (adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make; ‹amigo› to make

hicieron muchas amistades en Chile they made a lot of friends in Chile

F (preparar, arreglar) ‹cama› to make; ‹maleta› to pack

tengo que hacer la comida I must get lunch (ready) o cook lunch

hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven

G

1 (producir, causar) ‹ruido› to make

este jabón no hace espuma this soap doesn't lather

esos chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find those jokes funny

estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet

2 (refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go

los perros hacen `guau guau' dogs go `bow-wow'

el agua hacía glugluglú en los caños the water gurgled o made a gurgling noise in the pipes

¿cómo hace el coche del abuelo? how does Grandpa's car go?, what noise does Grandpa's car make?

H (recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do

hicimos los 500 kilómetros en cuatro horas we did o covered the 500 kilometers in four hours

I

(en cálculos, enumeraciones): son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

el visitante que hacía el número mil the thousandth visitor

hace el número 26 en la lista she is o comes 26th on the list

Sentido II

A

1 (ocuparse en una actividad) to do

¿no tienes nada que hacer? don't you have anything to do?

ya terminé ¿qué hago ahora? I've finished, what shall I do now?

no hace más que or sino quejarse she does nothing but complain, all she ever does is complain

no hice más que or sino cumplir con mi deber I only o merely did my duty

le gustaría hacer teatro she would like to work in the theater

están haciendo una obra de Ibsen they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

deberías hacer ejercicio you should exercise, you should do o get some exercise

¿hace algún deporte? do you go in for o play o do any sports?

no estaba haciendo turismo, sino en viaje de negocios I wasn't there on vacation ( AmE) o ( BrE) on holiday, it was a business trip

2 (como profesión, ocupación) to do

¿qué hace su novio? — es médico what does her boyfriend do? — he's a doctor

3 (estudiar) to do

hace Derecho she's doing o studying o reading Law

hizo un curso de contabilidad he did an accountancy course

hizo la carrera de Filosofía she did a degree in philosophy o a philosophy degree, she studied philosophy

B

1 (actuar de cierta manera, realizar cierta acción) to do

yo en tu caso habría hecho lo mismo in your situation I would have done the same

perdona, lo hice sin querer I'm sorry, I didn't do it on purpose

haz lo que quieras do what you like

aquí se hace lo que digo yo I'm in charge around here, around here what I say goes

¡niño, eso no se hace! you mustn't do that!

haré lo posible por hablar con él I'll do all o everything I can to speak to him

¡qué se le va a hacer! or ¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o ( frml) one do?

no puedes aceptar — ¡qué le voy a hacer! no me queda más remedio you can't accept — what else can I do? I've no choice

hacerla ( Méx fam): ya la hizo: lo nombraron director now he's really made it: he's been appointed director

si le gano al sueco ya la hice if I can beat the Swede I'll have it in the bag ( colloq)

la hicieron bien y bonita con ese negocio they did really well out of that deal

hacerla (buena) ( fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! me dejé las llaves dentro now I've (really) done it! I've left the keys inside

¡ya la hicimos! se pinchó la rueda that's done it! o now, we're in trouble, we've got a flat

hacérsela buena a algn ( Méx); to keep one's word o promise to sb

se la hizo buena y se casó con ella he kept his word o promise and married her

soñé que te sacabas la lotería — ¡házmela buena! I dreamed you won the lottery — if only! o if only it would come true!

mañana dejo de fumar — ¡házmela buena! I'm going to give up smoking tomorrow — oh, please! o if only you would!

2 (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

¿qué vas a hacer con el dinero del premio? what are you going to do with the prize money?

no sé qué hice con los recibos I don't know what I did with the receipts

y el libro ¿qué lo hice? (CS fam); what did I do with the book?

3

(causar daño): hacerle algo a algn to do sth to sb

no le tengas miedo al perro, no hace nada don't be frightened of the dog, he won't hurt you

yo no le hice nada I didn't touch her o do anything to her

no te he contado la última que me hizo I haven't told you the latest thing he did to me

C

( esp Esp) (actuar como): deja de hacer el tonto/payaso stop acting o playing the fool, stop clowning around

D

(llevar): hacer una vida solitaria/normal to lead a lonely life/normal life

trata de hacer una vida sana try to lead a healthy life

E

(sustituyendo a otro verbo): toca bien la guitarra — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the guitar well — she used to play o be better

voy a escribirle — deja, ya lo haré yo I'm going to write to him — don't bother, I'll do it

voy a dimitir — por favor, no lo hagas I'm going to resign — please don't o please, don't do it

F

( RPl fam) (afectar, importar): la salsa quedó un poco líquida — ¿qué le hace? the sauce came out a bit thin — so what? o what does it matter?

eso no le hace nada that doesn't matter at all

Sentido III

A (transformar en, volver) to make

te hará hombre, hijo mío it will make a man of you, my son

la hizo su mujer he made her his wife

agarró la copa y la hizo añicos contra el suelo he grabbed the glass and smashed it to smithereens on the floor

hizo pedazos or trizas la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces

la película que la hizo famosa the movie that made her famous

este hombre me hace la vida imposible this man is making my life impossible

quisiera agradecer a quienes han hecho posible este encuentro I should like to thank (all) those who have made this meeting possible

hacer algo DE algo to turn sth INTO sth

hice de mi afición por la cocina una profesión I turned my interest in cooking into a career, I made a career out of my interest in cooking

hacer algo DE algn to make sth OF sb

quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you

B

(dar apariencia de): ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner

el pelo corto te hace más joven short hair makes you look younger

C (inducir a, ser la causa de que) hacer algo/a algn + INF to make sth/sb + INF

una de esas canciones que te hacen llorar one of those songs that make you cry

todo hace suponer que fue así everything suggests that o leads one to think that that is what happened

hizo caer al niño he knocked the child over

haga pasar al próximo tell the next person to come in, have the next person come in

eso no hizo sino precipitar el desenlace all that did was to hasten the end

hacer que algo/algn + SUBJ to make sth/sb + INF

¡vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! you're going to make me lose my temper!

esto hace que sus reacciones sean lentas this makes him slow to react, this makes his reactions slow

D (obligar a) hacer + INF a algn to make sb + INF

me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours

se lo haré hacer de nuevo I'll make him do it again

me hizo abrirla or me la hizo abrir he made me open it

me hizo levantar(me) a las cinco she made me get up at five

hacer que algn + SUBJ to make sb + INF

hizo que todos se sentaran he made everybody sit down

E

hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done

hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened

le hice hacer un vestido para la boda I had o got a dress made for her for the wedding

F (acostumbrar) hacer a algn A algo to get sb used o accustomed TO sth

pronto la hizo a su manera de trabajar he soon got her used o accustomed to his way of working

G

(suponer, imaginar): te hacía en Buenos Aires I thought you were in Buenos Aires

tiene 42 años — yo la hacía más joven she's 42 — I thought she was younger

¡yo que lo hacía casado y con hijos! I had the idea that he was married with children!

■ hacer

vi

Sentido I

A

1

(obrar, actuar): nadie trató de impedírselo, lo dejaron hacer nobody tried to stop him, they just let him get on with it

tú no te preocupes, déjame hacer a mí don't you worry, just let me take care of it

déjalo hacer a él, que sabe qué es lo que conviene let him handle it, he knows what's best

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? how do you go about getting the grant?

¿cómo hay que hacer para ponerlo en funcionamiento? what do you have to do to make it work?

no me explico cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo I don't know how they manage to live on that salary

hacerle a algo (Chi, Méx fam): Enrique le hace a la electricidad Enrique knows a bit o knows something about electricity

tienen una empleada que le hace a todo they have a maid who does a bit of everything

ya sabes que yo no le hago a esos menesteres you know I don't go in for o do that sort of thing

hacer y deshacer to do as one pleases, do what one likes

¡no le hagas/hagan! ( Méx fam); you can't be serious!, you're joking o kidding! ( colloq)

2 (+ complemento):

hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me

haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie

mejor haría callándose she'd do better to keep quiet

B

( esp AmL) (con las necesidades fisiológicas): ¡mamá, ya hice! Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

hace dos días que no hace ( euf); he hasn't been for two days ( euph)

hagan antes de salir go to the bathroom o toilet before we leave, you'd better go before we leave ( euph)

hacer de cuerpo or de vientre ( frml); to move one's bowels ( frml), to have a bowel movement ( frml)

C

(fingir, simular): hizo (como) que no me había visto he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

cuando entre haz (como) que lees when she comes in, make out o pretend you're reading, when she comes in, pretend to be reading

hice (como) que no oía I pretended I couldn't hear, I acted as if I couldn't hear

hacer COMO SI + SUBJ:

haz como si no supieras nada make out o pretend you don't know anything about it, act as if you don't know anything about it

D (intentar, procurar) hacer POR + INF to try to + INF

tienes que hacer por corregir ese genio you must try to o ( colloq) try and do something about that temper (of yours)

tú no haces por entenderla you don't even try to understand her

E (servir) hacer DE algo:

esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning

la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital

F (interpretar un personaje) hacer DE algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb

siempre hace de `malo' he always plays the bad guy

hizo de Hamlet he played (the part of) Hamlet

Sentido II

A (+ compl)

1 (sentar) (+ me/te/le etc):

le va a hacer bien salir un poco it'll do her good to get out a bit

¡me hizo tanto bien su visita …! her visit did me such a lot of good …!

los mejillones me hicieron muy mal ( AmL); the mussels made me really ill

2

( Esp) (quedar): con los cuadros hace mucho más bonito it looks much prettier with the pictures

B (corresponder) hacerle A algo to fit sth

esta tapa no le hace al frasco this lid doesn't fit the jar

esta llave no le hace a la cerradura this isn't the right key for the lock

C

no le hace (no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; (no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse, don't give me that ( colloq)

¿no le hace que tire la ceniza en este florero? do you mind if I drop the ash in this vase?

D ( en tercera persona) ( frml)

(concernir, tocar): por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud as far as your application is concerned, as regards your application

E

( Esp fam) (apetecer): ¿hace or te hace una cerveza? (do you) feel like a beer?, do you fancy a beer? ( BrE colloq)

te invito a cenar a un chino ¿hace? — hace I'll take you out to a Chinese restaurant, how does that grab you? — great idea! ( colloq)

■

v impers

A

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico): hace frío/calor/sol/viento it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

hace tres grados bajo cero it's three degrees below (zero)

nos hizo un tiempo espantoso we had terrible weather

ojalá haga buen tiempo or ( esp Esp) bueno I hope the weather's fine o nice, I hope it's nice weather

2 ( familiar humorístico):

hace sed ¿verdad? it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

parece que hace hambre you/they seem to be hungry

¿hace sueño, niños? are you getting sleepy, children?

B

(expresando el tiempo transcurrido): hace dos años que murió he died two years ago, he's been dead for two years

¿cuándo llegaste? — hace un ratito when did you get here? — a short while ago

¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?, how long is it since she left?

lo leí hace poco I read it a short time ago

lo había visto hacía exactamente un año I had seen him exactly one year before

¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?

hace mucho tiempo que lo conozco or lo conozco desde hace mucho tiempo I've known him for a long time

hace años que no lo veo or no lo veo desde hace años I haven't seen him for years o it's years since I saw him

hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years, it had been years since I'd seen him

hasta hace poco vivían en Austria they lived in Austria until recently

■ hacerse

v pron

Sentido I

A

(producirse): hágase la luz ( Bib) let there be light

(+ me/te/le etc): se me ha hecho un nudo en el hilo I've got a knot in the thread, the thread has a knot in it

si no lo revuelves se te hacen grumos if you don't stir it, it goes lumpy o forms lumps

se le ha hecho una ampolla she's got o she has a blister

hacérsele a algn ( Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar un campeonato she finally got to win a championship

por fin se le hizo a Mauricio con ella Mauricio finally made it with her ( colloq)

B

1 ( refl)

(hacer para sí): se hace toda la ropa she makes all her (own) clothes

se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house

2 ( caus)

(hacer que otro haga): se hace la ropa en Roma she has her clothes made in Rome

se hicieron una casita they had a little house built

se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery

voy a hacerme las manos I'm going to have a manicure

tienes que hacerte la barba you must get your beard trimmed

C

(causarse): me hice un tajo en el dedo I cut my finger

¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?

¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?

D

(con las necesidades fisiológicas): todavía se hace pis/caca ( fam); she still wets herself/messes her pants

se hace pis en la cama ( fam); he wets the bed

¡me estoy haciendo caca! ( fam); I'm desperate (to go to the bathroom o toilet)! ( colloq)

E ( refl)

(adquirir): se ha hecho un nombre en el mundo de la moda she's made a name for herself in the fashion world

sólo conseguirás hacerte enemigos si sigues así you'll only make enemies if you keep on like that

idea

Sentido II

A

1 (volverse, convertirse en) to become

se quiere hacer monja she wants to become a nun

se hizo famoso he became famous

se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old

2 ( impersonal):

en invierno se hace de noche muy pronto in winter it gets dark very early

vamos, se está haciendo tarde come on, it's getting late

(+ me/te/le etc): se nos hizo de noche esperándolo it got dark while we were waiting for him

3 (cocinarse) «pescado/guiso» to cook

dejar que se haga a fuego lento leave to cook over a low heat

4

( AmL) (pasarle a): no sé qué se habrá hecho María I don't know what can have happened to María o ( colloq) where María can have got(ten) to

B

(resultar): se hace muy pesado repetir lo mismo tantas veces it gets very boring having to repeat the same thing over and over again

(+ me/te/le etc): la espera se me hizo interminable the wait seemed interminable

se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe

C (dar la impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc):

se me hace que aquí pasa algo raro I get the feeling o impression that something strange is going on around here

se me hace que va a llover I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

se me hace que esta vez vas a tener suerte something tells me o I have a feeling (that) this time you're going to be lucky

D ( causativo) hacerse + INF:

tienes que hacerte oír/respetar you have to make people listen to you/respect you

el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming

cuando era actriz se hacía llamar Mónica Duarte when she was an actress she went by the name of Monica Duarte o she used the name Monica Duarte

es un chico que se hace querer he's a likable kid o a kid you can't help liking

se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built

hazte ver por un médico ( AmL); go and see a doctor

rogar

E (acostumbrarse) hacerse A algo to get used TO sth

no me hago al clima de este país I can't get used to the weather in this country

no consigo hacerme a la idea I can't get used to the idea

hacerse A + INF to get used TO -ING

no se hace a vivir solo he hasn't got used to living alone

F

(fingirse): no te hagas el inocente don't act all innocent

seguro que me vio pero se hizo el loco he must have seen me but he pretended he hadn't

¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? ( fam); is this guy stupid or just a good actor? ( colloq)

no te hagas el sordo don't pretend o make out you didn't hear me

se hizo la que no entendía she pretended o she made out she didn't understand

yo me hice ( Méx fam); I pretended not to notice

G

1 (moverse) (+ compl):

hacerse atrás to move back

hacerse a un lado to move to one side, to move aside

hazte para aquí/para allá move over this way/that way

2

( Col) (colocarse): ¿quieres salir en la foto? — sí ¿dónde me hago? do you want to be in the photo? — yes, where shall I stand/sit?

H hacerse con to take

el ejército se hizo con la ciudad the army took the city

se hizo con una fortuna considerable he amassed a considerable fortune

tengo que hacerme con esa información como sea I must get hold of that information somehow

se hicieron con la empresa they took over the company

lograron hacerse con el control de la compañía they managed to gain o get control of the company

no creo que puedan hacerse con la copa I don't think they can win the cup

I hacerse de

( AmL): se hicieron de gran fama they became very famous

tengo que hacerme de dinero I must get o lay my hands on some money

se han hecho de muchos amigos allí they've made a lot of friends there

* * *

Multiple Entries:
hacer
hacer algo
hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

‹casa/carretera› to build;
‹ nido› to build, make;
‹ túnel› to make, dig;
‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
‹ lista› to make, draw up;
‹ resumen› to do, make;
‹ película› to make;
‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
‹ cerveza› to make, brew;
◊ me hizo un lugar en la mesa he made room for me at the table;

hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;

◊ los chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find jokes funny;

estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
2
a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

‹ milagro› to work, perform;
‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
‹ mandado› to run;
‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
‹ experimento› to do, perform;
‹ entrevista› to conduct;
‹gira/viaje› to do;
‹ regalo› to give;
‹ favor› to do;
‹ trato› to make;
◊ me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit;

aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do;
dar que hacer to make a lot of work
b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
‹ pregunta› to ask;
◊ nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections

4
a) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):

◊ hacer caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

hacer pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
hacer sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go;

◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
‹ amigo› to make
6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
‹ maleta› to pack;
◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

tengo que hacer la comida I must make lunch;
ver tb comida b
7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

1
a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do;

◊ hacer la(s) compra(s) to do the shopping;

¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
hacer ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
See Also→ amor 1b
b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?

c) ( estudiar) to do

2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o (frml) one do?;
toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
hacerla buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
1 (transformar en, volver) to make;
◊ ella lo hizo posible she made it possible;

hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
hacer algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
2
a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)

◊ hacer a algn hacer algo to make sb do sth;

me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
me hizo llorar it made me cry;
hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
hacer que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
b)

◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
verbo intransitivo
1 (obrar, actuar):
◊ déjame hacer a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
2 (fingir, simular):
◊ hice como que no oía I pretended not to hear;

haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
3 ( servir):
◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
4 ( interpretar personaje) hacer de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
(+ compl) ( sentar):
◊ tanto sol hace mal (AmL) too much sun is not good for you;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ el descanso le hizo bien the rest did him good;

la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
hacer v impers
1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

hace tres grados it's three degrees;
(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):
◊ hace dos años que murió he's been dead for two years;

hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
hasta hace poco until recently
hacerse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se me hizo un nudo en el hilo I got a knot in the thread;

se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
2
a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;

◊ se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house

b) ( caus) ( hacer que otro haga):

◊ se hicieron una casita they had a little house built;

se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
3 ( causarse):
◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;
◊ hacerse un nombre to make a name for oneself

1
a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;

◊ se hicieron amigos they became friends;

se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
b) ( resultar):

◊ se hace muy pesado it gets very boring;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ se me hizo interminable it seemed interminable;

se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
c) ( impers):

◊ se hace de noche muy pronto it gets dark very early;

se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

2 ( acostumbrarse) hacerse a algo to get used to sth
3 ( fingirse):
◊ no te hagas el inocente don't act the innocent;

¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
hacerse pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;
◊ hacerse a un lado to move to one side

5
◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;

( de amigos) to make
hacer
I verbo transitivo
1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
hacer un puente, to build a bridge
2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
haz lo que quieras, do what you want
¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
(para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
hace atletismo, he does athletics
hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
3 (amigos, dinero) to make
4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
6 (arreglar) to make
hacer la cama, to make the bed
hacer la casa, to do the housework
7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
II verbo intransitivo
1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
III verbo impersonal
1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
¿To make o to do?
El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
' hacer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrir
- aclarar
- acopio
- acto
- adelantar
- adelantamiento
- advertir
- alarde
- aliviar
- amagar
- amarrar
- amor
- amortizar
- ampliar
- añicos
- aplanar
- aprecio
- aprender
- aspaviento
- atonía
- autostop
- ayuno
- balance
- broma
- burla
- burrada
- cábala
- caballo
- cabronada
- caca
- cafetera
- caja
- calceta
- calentar
- callar
- calle
- calor
- cama
- capacitar
- capaz
- caso
- castigar
- castillo
- chantaje
- colar
- colada
- colecta
- comecome
- comentar
- como
English:
abort
- abstain
- abuse
- accent
- accentuate
- accepted
- accustom
- act
- advance
- advertise
- afraid
- again
- agitate
- agree
- aim at
- aim to
- air
- all-out
- amenable
- antsy
- apart
- appearance
- arm-twisting
- as
- assert
- attempt
- audition
- authorize
- backup
- bake
- balance
- bandy about
- bed
- begin
- blast
- blind
- blueberry
- blur
- boil
- bonk
- boohoo
- book in
- bounce
- bring in
- bubble
- budget
- bulldoze
- bully
- bundle
- burp

* * *

hacer

♦ vt

1. [elaborar, crear, cocinar] to make;

hacer una fiesta to have a party;

hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans;

hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/symphony;

hacer un nudo to tie a knot;

los cristianos creen que Dios hizo al hombre Christians believe that God created mankind;

haz un poco más la carne cook the meat a bit longer;
Fam
tu hermano ha hecho una de las suyas your brother has been up to his usual tricks;

Comp
Fam
¡buena la has hecho! you've really gone and done it now!

2. [construir] to build;

han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building

3. [generar] to produce;

el árbol hace sombra the tree gives shade;

la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road

4. [movimientos, sonidos, gestos] to make;

le hice señas I signalled to her;

hizo un gesto de aprobación con la cabeza she nodded her approval;

el gato hace “miau” cats go “miaow”;

el reloj hace tic-tac the clock goes tick-tock;

hacer ruido to make a noise

5. [obtener] [fotocopia] to make;
[retrato] to paint; [fotografía] to take
6. [realizar] [trabajo, estudios] to do;
[viaje] to make; [comunión] to take; [sacrificio] to make; [promesa, oferta] to make; [milagro] to perform; [experimento] to do, to perform; [favor] to do; [pregunta] to ask; [declaración] to make; [crucigrama] to do;
hacer una entrevista to do an interview;

hacer una entrevista a alguien to interview sb;

tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do;

hoy hace guardia she's on duty today;

estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year;

hago ingeniería I'm doing o studying engineering

7. [obrar, realizar una acción] to do;

¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?;
CSur Fam
y mis llaves, ¿qué las hice? and my keys, now what did I do with them?;

¡le he dicho mil veces que eso no se hace! I've told him time and again that it's wrong to do that!;
Fam
haz lo que te dé la gana do whatever you want;

¿qué haces? vas a romper la bicicleta what are you doing o what do you think you're doing?, you're going to break the bicycle!;

¡qué le vamos a hacer! never mind!;

8. [practicar] [en general] to do;
[tenis, fútbol] to play;
debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport

9. [arreglar] [casa, colada] to do;
[cama] to make; [maleta] to pack; [uñas] to do; [barba] to trim
10. [dar aspecto a] to cause to look o seem;

este espejo te hace gordo this mirror makes you look fat

11. [transformar en]
hacer a alguien feliz to make sb happy;

la guerra no lo hizo un hombre the war didn't make him (into) a man;

hizo pedazos el papel he tore the paper to pieces;

hacer de algo/alguien algo to make sth/sb into sth;

hizo de ella una buena cantante he made a good singer of her

12. [comportarse como]
hacer el tonto to act the fool;

hacer el vándalo to act like a hooligan;

hacer el ridículo to make a fool of oneself

13. [causar]
hacer daño a alguien to hurt sb;

me hizo gracia I thought it was funny;

un poco de aire fresco le hará bien a bit of fresh air will do her good;
Am
esos ñoquis me hicieron mal those gnocchi disagreed with me

14. Cine & Teatro [papel] to play;
[obra] to do, to perform;
hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter;

hoy hacen una obra de Brecht today they're putting on o doing one of Brecht's plays

15. [suponer] to think, to reckon;

a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now;

te hacía más joven I thought you were younger, I'd have said you were younger

16. [ser causa de]
hacer que alguien haga algo to make sb do sth;

me hizo reír it made me laugh;

has hecho que se enfadara you've made him angry;

haces que me avergüence you make me ashamed;

la tormenta hizo que se cancelara el concierto the storm caused the concert to be called off

17. [mandar]
hacer que se haga algo to have sth done;

voy a hacer teñir este vestido I'm going to have this dress dyed;

la hizo callarse he made her shut up

18. [acostumbrar]
la prisión lo hizo a la soledad prison made o got him used to being alone

19. [cumplir]
hizo los cincuenta la semana pasada he was fifty last week, he celebrated his fiftieth birthday last week

20. [completar] to make;

tres y dos hacen cinco three and two make five;

y este huevo hace la docena and this egg makes (it) a dozen;

hago el número seis en la lista I'm number six on the list

21. [conseguir] to make;

hizo una gran fortuna he made a large fortune;

hizo muchas amistades en Australia she made a lot of friends in Australia

22. [recorrer] to do;

¿cuántos kilómetros hiciste ayer? how many kilometres did you do yesterday?;

hago dos kilómetros a pie todos los días I walk two kilometres every day

23. [referido a necesidades fisiológicas] to do;
Euf
tengo que hacer mis necesidades I have to answer a call of nature;
Fam
los niños quieren hacer pipí the children want to have a pee

24. [sustituyendo a otro verbo] to do;

se negó a ir y yo hice lo mismo she refused to go and I did likewise;

ya no puedo leer como solía hacerlo I can't read as well as I used to

♦ vi

1. [intervenir, actuar]
déjame hacer (a mí) let me do it;

Comp

ser el que hace y deshace: en la empresa, él es el que hace y deshace he's the one who calls the shots in the company

2.
hacer de [trabajar] to work as;
[servir] to serve as, to act as; Cine & Teatro [actuar] to play;
hace de electricista he's an electrician, he works as an electrician;

este tronco hará de asiento this tree trunk will do for somewhere to sit;

hace de don Quijote he's playing Don Quixote

3. [aparentar]
hacer como si to act as if;

haz como que no te importa act as if you don't care

4. [procurar, intentar]
hacer por hacer algo to try to do sth;

haré por verle esta noche I'll try to see him tonight

5. [proceder]
haces mal en callarte it's wrong of you not to say anything;

hizo bien dimitiendo she was right to resign;

¿cómo hay que hacer para abrir esta caja? how do you open this box?, what do you have to do to open this box?

6. Esp Fam [apetecer]
¿hace un vaso de vino? would you like o Br do you fancy a glass of wine?

7. Am [necesidades fisiológicas]
¿hiciste? have you done anything?;

preciso un baño, no hice antes de salir I need to find a bathroom, I didn't go before I came out

8. Méx Fam
hacer(la) buena: [ojalá] [m5]dicen que te sacaste la lotería – ¡házmela buena! they say you've won the lottery – if only!;

me ofreció empleo don Paco, voy a ver si me la hace buena Don Paco offered me a job, I'll see if he comes through for me

9. Méx Fam
hacerle a [profesión] to do;

por las mañanas estudia y en la tarde le hace a la peluquería she studies in the morning and in the afternoon she does hairdressing

10. Méx Fam
hacerle a [droga] to do;

ese tipo le hace a la cocaína that guy does coke

11. Méx Fam
hacerle a [aparentar] to pretend to be;

le hace al tonto, pero bien que sabe he pretends to be clueless but he knows perfectly well;

dile que no le haga al cuento tell him to stop Br spinning me a line o US jerking me around

12. Méx Fam
no le hagas [exclamación] come off it!, Br do me a favour!, US give me a break!;

perdí mi libro – ¡no le hagas! I lost my book – pull the other one! o sure you did!

13. Méx, RP
no le hace [no importa] it doesn't matter;

no sé si voy a poder ir – no le hace I don't know if I'll be able to go – it doesn't matter;

¿qué le hace? so what?, big deal!

♦ v impersonal

1. [tiempo meteorológico]
hace frío/sol/viento it's cold/sunny/windy;

hace un día precioso it's a beautiful day;

mañana hará mal tiempo the weather will be bad tomorrow

2. [tiempo transcurrido]
hace diez años ten years ago;

hace mucho a long time ago;

hace poco not long ago;

hace un rato a short while ago;

hace un mes que llegué it's a month since I arrived;

no la veo desde hace un año I haven't seen her for a year;

¿cuánto hace de eso? how long ago was that?

♦ See also the pronominal verb hacerse

* * *

hacer

<part hecho>

I v/t

1 ( realizar) do;

¡haz algo! do something!;

hacer una pregunta ask a question;

tengo que hacer los deberes I have to do my homework; !;

no hace más que quejarse all he does is complain;

no hay nada que hacer there’s nothing we can do;

se hace lo que se puede one does one’s best;

¡eso no se hace! that’s just not done!

2 ( elaborar, crear) make;

hacer la comida make o cook a meal;

hacer que algo ocurra make sth happen

3 ( obligar a)

:

hacer que alguien haga algo make s.o. do sth;

le hicieron ir they made him go

4 ( cumplir)

:

hoy hago veinte años I am twenty today, today is my twentieth birthday

5 ( equivaler a)

:

esta botella hace un litro this bottle holds a liter

6

:

¡qué le vamos a hacer! that’s life

II v/i

1

:

haces bien/mal en ir you are doing the right/wrong thing by going

2 ( sentar)

:

me hace mal it’s making me ill

3 ( servir de)

:

esto hará de mesa de objeto this will do as a table

4 ( fingir)

:

hacer como que o

como si act as if

5 L.Am.

no le hace it doesn’t matter

6 L.Am. ( parecer)

:

se me hace que it seems to me that

7 ( apetecer)

:

¿hace? fam does that sound good?

8

:

hacer de malo TEA play the villain

III v/ impers

:

hace calor/frío it’s hot/cold;

hace tres días three days ago;

hace mucho (tiempo) a long time ago, long ago;

desde hace un año for a year

* * *

hacer {40} vt

1) : to make

2) : to do, to perform

3) : to force, to oblige

los hice esperar: I made them wait

hacer vi

: to act

haces bien: you're doing the right thing

hacer v impers

1) (referring to weather)

hacer frío: to be cold

hace viento: it's windy

2)

hace : ago

hace mucho tiempo: a long time ago, for a long time

3)

no le hace : it doesn't matter, it makes no difference

4)

hacer falta : to be necessary, to be needed

♦ See also the reflexive verb hacerse

* * *

hacer vb

1. (crear, fabricar, conseguir) to make [pt. & pp. made]

Dios hizo al hombre God made man

voy a hacer la comida I'm going to make lunch

¿has hecho la cama? have you made your bed?

no hagas tanto ruido don't make so much noise

hizo mucho dinero he made a lot of money

ocho y tres hacen once eight and three make eleven

la película me hizo llorar the film made me cry

2. (una actividad, trabajo) to do [pt. did; pp. done]

¿qué haces? what are you doing?

¿qué hacen tus padres? what do your parents do?

¿qué has hecho en el cole hoy? what did you do at school today?

nos han mandado hacer un trabajo sobre Lorca we've got to do an essay on Lorca

¿has hecho los deberes? have you done your homework?

está haciendo un curso de informática he's doing a computer course

¿me haces un favor? can you do me a favour?

3. (tiempo meteorológico) to be

hace calor it's hot

hace sol it's sunny

hace buen tiempo the weather is good

4. (dar cierto aspecto) to make... look...

la barba te hace mayor your beard makes you look older

ese pantalón te hace más delgada those trousers make you look slimmer

5. (pensar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]

hacía más joven a tu hermano I thought your brother was younger

6. (aparentar) to pretend

haz como que no lo sabías pretend you didn't know

hace que trabaja he pretends to work

7. (cumplir años) to be

mañana haré 18 años I'll be 18 tomorrow

8. (poner) to show [pt. showed; pp. shown] / to be on

esta noche hacen una película buena there's a good film on tonight

hace (acción acabada) ago (acción que continúa) for

hace una semana a week ago

mi abuelo murió hace cinco años my grandfather died five years ago

hace años que no la veo I haven't seen her for years

vivo aquí desde hace un año I've been living here for a year

¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?

hacer bien to be right

haces bien en quejarte you're right to complain

hacer daño to hurt [pt. & pp. hurt]

hacer el tonto to act the fool / to mess about

hacer la maleta to pack

hacer señas to signal [pt. & pp. signalled]

hacer un dibujo to draw a picture [pt. drew; pp. drawn]

hacer un nudo to tie a knot

hacer un papel to play a part

hacer un viaje to go on a trip

hacer una casa to build a house [pt. & pp. built]

hacer una foto to take a photo [pt. took; pp. taken]

hacer una pregunta to ask a question

hacer una redacción to write an essay [pt. wrote; pp. written]

hacer una visita to visit

Spanish-English dictionary > hacer
5 Cum

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cum
6 cum

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > cum
7 Cum2

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cum2
8 establecer

v.

1 to establish.

no lograba establecer contacto con la torre de control he couldn't make o establish contact with the control tower

la policía no ha podido establecer la causa de su muerte the police have been unable to establish o determine the cause of death

las normas del club establecen que… the club rules state that…

Establecieron directrices They established guidelines.

Establecieron a Ricardo en la oficina They established Richard at the office.

2 to establish (instalar) (colonia, poblado).

* * *

establecer

Conjugation model [ AGRADECER], like link=agradecer agradecer

► verbo transitivo

1 (gen) to establish; (fundar) to found, set up

2 (récord) to set

3 (ordenar) to state, lay down, establish

■ tal como establece la ley as the law states

► verbo pronominal establecerse

1 (en un lugar) to settle; (en un negocio) to set up in business

* * *

verb

to establish, set up, found

- establecerse

* * *

1. VT

1) [+ relación, comunicación] to establish

han logrado establecer contacto con el barco — they've managed to make o establish contact with the boat

una reunión para establecer el precio del petróleo — a meeting to set o fix oil prices

han establecido controles policiales — they have set up police checkpoints

2) (=fundar) [+ empresa] to establish; [+ colonia] to settle

ha establecido su domicilio en Lugo — he's taken up residence in Lugo

3) (=dictaminar) to state, lay down

la ley establece que... — the law states o lays down that...

4) (=expresar) [+ idea, principio] to establish; [+ norma] to lay down; [+ criterio] to set

para establecer los límites de los poderes del presidente — to establish the extent of the President's powers

una comisión para establecer la verdad de los hechos — a commission to establish the truth about what happened

5) [+ récord] to set

2.

See:

establecerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) <colonia/dictadura> to establish; < campamento> to set up

estableció su residencia en Mónaco — he took up residence in Monaco

b) <relaciones/contacto> to establish

2) ( dejar sentado)

a) <criterios/bases> to establish, lay down; < precio> to fix, set; < precedente> to establish, set

conviene dejar establecido que... — we should make it clear that...

establecer un precedente — to establish o set a precedent

b) (frml) ley/reglamento ( disponer) to state, establish

c) < uso> to establish

d) <récord/marca/moda> to set

3) ( determinar) to establish
2.
establecerse v pron colono/emigrante to settle; comerciante/empresa to set up

se estableció por su cuenta — he set up on his own

* * *

= call for, determine, establish, institute, instruct, lay down, set, set up, settle, map out, set forth, set out, bring into + being.

Ex. The main rules call for entry of societies under name and institutions under place.

Ex. This assignment of intellectual responsibility is important, as we have seen earlier, since it determines the heading for the main entry.

Ex. The intention is to establish a general framework, and then to give exceptions or further explanation and examples for each area in turn.

Ex. The librarians have instituted a series of campaigns, including displays and leaflets on specific issues, eg family income supplement, rent and rates rebates, and school grants.

Ex. Some of the above limitations of title indexes can be overcome by exercising a measure of control over the index terminology, and by inputting and instructing the computer to print a number of pre-determined links or references between keywords.

Ex. He was the son of a bricklayer who laid down as early as 1859 that 'the assistance of readers in their researches' is one of the duties that 'have daily to be provided for' in ordinary public libraries.

Ex. If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.

Ex. The searcher now decides to set up an SDI profile.

Ex. Once the name to be used in a heading and its form have been settled, it is time to decide upon the entry element, or in more general terms, to examine the preferred order of the components of a name as the name is to appear as a heading.

Ex. Down the years, the information industry has mapped out for itself the categories of information with which it is prepared to deal.

Ex. She sets forth some of the conditions which may have led to this situation in the hope that it may bring about further study.

Ex. The regulation sets out the requirement for compulsory notification of agreements to the Commission and gives the Commission powers to grant exemption to the rules.

Ex. MARC was brought into being originally to facilitate the creation of LC catalogue cards.

----

* establecer alianzas = make + alliances.

* establecer canales para = establish + channels for.

* establecer características = lay down + features.

* establecer comparaciones = make + comparisons.

* establecer comparaciones entre elementos comparables = compare + like with like.

* establecer conexión = establish + link, make + connection.

* establecer contacto = make + contact.

* establecer contactos = liaise (with/between).

* establecer contactos profesionales = networking.

* establecer criterios para = make + provision for.

* establecer directrices = chart + direction.

* establecer disposiciones para = make + provisions for.

* establecer el contexto = set + context.

* establecer el origen de = trace + the origin of.

* establecer el tema = set + the theme.

* establecer el tono = set + the theme.

* establecer equivalencias entre = map onto/to.

* establecer lazos afectivos = bond.

* establecer límites = draw + limits.

* establecer norma = legislate.

* establecer normas = make + provision, establish + standards.

* establecer normas de funcionamiento = establish + policy.

* establecer normativa = govern.

* establecer prioridades = prioritise [prioritize, -USA], establish + priorities, set + priorities.

* establecer reglas = make + provision.

* establecer reglas para = lay down + rules for.

* establecer relaciones = build + relationships, develop + relationships, develop + relations, build + relations, structure + relationships.

* establecer relaciones con = forge + links with, forge + relationships with, forge + ties.

* establecerse = settle in, settle down.

* establecer sectores = sectoring.

* establecer una analogía = draw + analogy.

* establecer una colaboración = forge + collaboration.

* establecer una condición = specify + requirement.

* establecer una conexión = achieve + connection.

* establecer una convención = establish + convention.

* establecer un acuerdo = work out + agreement.

* establecer una diferencia = draw + demarcation.

* establecer una norma = lay down + standard, set down + rule.

* establecer una normalización = impose + standardization.

* establecer una política = institute + policy.

* establecer una regla = frame + rule.

* establecer un equilibrio = establish + a balance.

* establecer un límite = set + limit.

* establecer un norma = give + prescription.

* establecer un paralelismo = draw + parallel.

* establecer un paralelo = draw + parallel.

* establecer un principio = establish + principle, set forth + cause.

* establecer un record = establish + a record.

* establecer un vínculo = provide + an interface.

* establecer valores = establish + values.

* establecer vínculos afectivos = bond.

* volver a establecer equivalencias = remap.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) <colonia/dictadura> to establish; < campamento> to set up

estableció su residencia en Mónaco — he took up residence in Monaco

b) <relaciones/contacto> to establish

2) ( dejar sentado)

a) <criterios/bases> to establish, lay down; < precio> to fix, set; < precedente> to establish, set

conviene dejar establecido que... — we should make it clear that...

establecer un precedente — to establish o set a precedent

b) (frml) ley/reglamento ( disponer) to state, establish

c) < uso> to establish

d) <récord/marca/moda> to set

3) ( determinar) to establish
2.
establecerse v pron colono/emigrante to settle; comerciante/empresa to set up

se estableció por su cuenta — he set up on his own

* * *

= call for, determine, establish, institute, instruct, lay down, set, set up, settle, map out, set forth, set out, bring into + being.

Ex: The main rules call for entry of societies under name and institutions under place.

Ex: This assignment of intellectual responsibility is important, as we have seen earlier, since it determines the heading for the main entry.

Ex: The intention is to establish a general framework, and then to give exceptions or further explanation and examples for each area in turn.

Ex: The librarians have instituted a series of campaigns, including displays and leaflets on specific issues, eg family income supplement, rent and rates rebates, and school grants.

Ex: Some of the above limitations of title indexes can be overcome by exercising a measure of control over the index terminology, and by inputting and instructing the computer to print a number of pre-determined links or references between keywords.

Ex: He was the son of a bricklayer who laid down as early as 1859 that 'the assistance of readers in their researches' is one of the duties that 'have daily to be provided for' in ordinary public libraries.

Ex: If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.

Ex: The searcher now decides to set up an SDI profile.

Ex: Once the name to be used in a heading and its form have been settled, it is time to decide upon the entry element, or in more general terms, to examine the preferred order of the components of a name as the name is to appear as a heading.

Ex: Down the years, the information industry has mapped out for itself the categories of information with which it is prepared to deal.

Ex: She sets forth some of the conditions which may have led to this situation in the hope that it may bring about further study.

Ex: The regulation sets out the requirement for compulsory notification of agreements to the Commission and gives the Commission powers to grant exemption to the rules.

Ex: MARC was brought into being originally to facilitate the creation of LC catalogue cards.

* establecer alianzas = make + alliances.

* establecer canales para = establish + channels for.

* establecer características = lay down + features.

* establecer comparaciones = make + comparisons.

* establecer comparaciones entre elementos comparables = compare + like with like.

* establecer conexión = establish + link, make + connection.

* establecer contacto = make + contact.

* establecer contactos = liaise (with/between).

* establecer contactos profesionales = networking.

* establecer criterios para = make + provision for.

* establecer directrices = chart + direction.

* establecer disposiciones para = make + provisions for.

* establecer el contexto = set + context.

* establecer el origen de = trace + the origin of.

* establecer el tema = set + the theme.

* establecer el tono = set + the theme.

* establecer equivalencias entre = map onto/to.

* establecer lazos afectivos = bond.

* establecer límites = draw + limits.

* establecer norma = legislate.

* establecer normas = make + provision, establish + standards.

* establecer normas de funcionamiento = establish + policy.

* establecer normativa = govern.

* establecer prioridades = prioritise [prioritize, -USA], establish + priorities, set + priorities.

* establecer reglas = make + provision.

* establecer reglas para = lay down + rules for.

* establecer relaciones = build + relationships, develop + relationships, develop + relations, build + relations, structure + relationships.

* establecer relaciones con = forge + links with, forge + relationships with, forge + ties.

* establecerse = settle in, settle down.

* establecer sectores = sectoring.

* establecer una analogía = draw + analogy.

* establecer una colaboración = forge + collaboration.

* establecer una condición = specify + requirement.

* establecer una conexión = achieve + connection.

* establecer una convención = establish + convention.

* establecer un acuerdo = work out + agreement.

* establecer una diferencia = draw + demarcation.

* establecer una norma = lay down + standard, set down + rule.

* establecer una normalización = impose + standardization.

* establecer una política = institute + policy.

* establecer una regla = frame + rule.

* establecer un equilibrio = establish + a balance.

* establecer un límite = set + limit.

* establecer un norma = give + prescription.

* establecer un paralelismo = draw + parallel.

* establecer un paralelo = draw + parallel.

* establecer un principio = establish + principle, set forth + cause.

* establecer un record = establish + a record.

* establecer un vínculo = provide + an interface.

* establecer valores = establish + values.

* establecer vínculos afectivos = bond.

* volver a establecer equivalencias = remap.

* * *

establecer [E3 ]

vt

A

1 ‹colonia› to establish; ‹campamento› to set up

estableció su residencia en Mónaco he took up residence in Monaco

2 ‹relaciones/comunicaciones/contacto› to establish

3 ‹dictadura› to establish, set up

B (dejar sentado)

1 ‹criterios/bases› to establish, lay down; ‹precio› to fix, set

conviene dejar establecido que … we should make it clear that …

establecer un precedente to establish o set a precedent

2 ( frml); «ley/reglamento» (disponer) to state, establish

como se establece en la Constitución as laid down o established in the Constitution

tres veces el precio establecido por la ley three times the legal price

3 ‹uso› to establish; ‹moda› to set

4 ‹récord/marca› to set

C (determinar) to establish

no se ha podido establecer qué fue lo que ocurrió it has been impossible to ascertain o establish exactly what happened

■ establecerse

v pron

1 «colono/emigrante» to settle

2 «comerciante/empresa» to set up

se estableció por su cuenta he set up his own business ( o practice etc), he set up on his own

* * *

establecer ( conjugate establecer) verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹colonia/dictadura› to establish;

‹ campamento› to set up;
◊ estableció su residencia en Mónaco he took up residence in Monaco

b) ‹relaciones/contacto› to establish

2 ( dejar sentado)
a) ‹criterios/bases› to establish, lay down;

‹ precio› to fix, set;
‹ precedente› to establish, set
b) (frml) [ley/reglamento] ( disponer) to state, establish

c) ‹récord/marca/moda› to set;

‹ uso› to establish
3 ( determinar) to establish
establecerse verbo pronominal [colono/emigrante] to settle;
[comerciante/empresa] to set up
establecer verbo transitivo to establish
(un récord) to set (up)
' establecer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
conectar
- disponer
- fijar
- implantar
- sentar
- consagrar
- determinar
- montar
English:
ascertain
- establish
- get at
- institute
- lay down
- networking
- open up
- parallel
- pattern
- prioritize
- set
- set down
- set up
- standard
- timetable
- bond
- determine
- dictate
- draw
- empathize
- get
- issue
- lay
- open
- pin
- state

* * *

establecer

♦ vt

1. [instalar] [colonia, poblado] to establish;
[campamento, negocio, sucursal] to set up;
establecer residencia en to take up residence in

2. [fijar, emprender] [régimen, relaciones, comunicación] to establish;
[costumbre] to introduce; [moda] to start; [récord] to set;
no lograba establecer contacto con la torre de control he couldn't make o establish contact with the control tower

3. [expresar] [principios, criterios] to establish, to lay down;
[teoría, hipótesis] to formulate;
estableció las bases de la física moderna he laid the foundations of modern physics

4. [estipular] to state, to stipulate;

las normas del club establecen que… the club rules state that…;

según establece la ley,… as stipulated by law,…

5. [averiguar] to establish, to determine;

la policía no ha podido establecer la causa de su muerte the police have been unable to establish o determine the cause of death

♦ See also the pronominal verb establecerse

* * *

establecer

v/t

1 establish

2 negocio set up

* * *

establecer {53} vt

fundar, instituir: to establish, to found, to set up

♦ See also the reflexive verb establecerse

* * *

establecer vb

1. (crear) to set up [pt. & pp. set]

han establecido una nueva sucursal aquí they've set up another branch here

2. (demostrar) to establish

Newton estableció que... Newton established that...

3. (ordenar) to state

la constitución establece que... the constitution states that...

Spanish-English dictionary > establecer
9 llevar

v.

1 to take.

llevar algo/a alguien a to take something/somebody to

me llevó en coche he drove me there

El bus llevó a María The bus got Mary there.

2 to carry.

llevaban en hombros al entrenador they were carrying the coach on their shoulders

El bus lleva mercadería para vender The bus carries goods for selling.

Esa frase lleva mala intención That phrase carries bad intention.

3 to wear.

llevo gafas I wear glasses

no llevo dinero I haven't got any money on me

4 to have.

llevar el pelo largo to have long hair

llevas las manos sucias your hands are dirty

5 to handle, to deal with.

lleva la contabilidad she keeps the books

6 to keep.

llevar el paso to keep in step

7 to deal or cope with.

llevar algo bien/mal to deal o cope with something well/badly

¿cómo lo llevas? (informal) how are you getting on?

8 to be wearing, to have, to wear.

LLeva un buen traje He is wearing a nice suit.

9 to lead, to live.

Lleva un vida muy triste He leads a very sad life.

10 to convey.

Su gesto lleva amor His gesture conveys love.

11 to take up.

Ella llevó ciencias el año pasado She took up Science last year.

12 to have been.

Llevo viviendo mucho tiempo aquí I have been living a long time here.

* * *

llevar

► verbo transitivo

1 (gen) to take

■ llévale esto a tu abuela take this to your granny

■ llévate los libros a tu habitación take these books to your bedroom

■ lleva a tu hermanita al colegio take your little sister to school

■ te llevo en coche I'll take you in the car, I'll give you a lift

2 (tener) to have; (tener encima) to have, carry

■ ¿qué llevas ahí? what's that you've got there?

■ ¿cuánto dinero llevas? how much money have you got on you?

■ llevaba un bate de béisbol she was carrying a baseball bat

■ llevaba las luces de posición encendidas his sidelights were on

■ llevo la calefacción puesta I've got the heating on

■ llevas los pantalones sucios your trousers are dirty

3 (prenda) to wear, have on

■ no me gusta llevar sombrero I don't like wearing a hat

■ no llevaba nada she had nothing on

■ llevaré un clavel en el ojal I shall be wearing a carnation in my buttonhole

4 (aguantar) to cope with

■ ¿cómo lleva lo de quedarse sin trabajo? how's he coping with losing his job?

5 (dirigir) to be in charge of

■ ¿quién lleva el tema de los pedidos? who's in charge of orders?

■ lleva la empresa ella solita she runs the company all by herself

6 (conducir - coche) to drive; (moto) - to ride

■ lleva un Seat azul he drives a blue Seat

7 (pasar tiempo) to be

■ llevo un mes aquí I have been here for a month

■ lleva tres días sin venir a trabajar he hasn't been to work for three days

8 (libros, cuentas) to keep

9 (años) to be older

■ te llevo tres años I'm three years older than you

10 (vida) to lead

■ lleva una vida muy ajetreada she leads a hectic life

11 (tiempo, esfuerzo) to take

■ este trabajo nos llevará más de un mes this job will take us over a month

12 (compás, paso, ritmo) to keep

■ contigo no bailo, no sabes llevar el paso I'm not dancing with you, you can't keep in step

13 familiar (cobrar) to charge

■ ¿cuánto te llevaron por la reparación? how much did they charge you for the repairs?

► verbo intransitivo

1 llevar a (conducir) to take, lead

■ esta senda lleva a la cima this path takes you to the summit

■ y esto, ¿adónde nos lleva? and where will this lead us?

2 llevar a + inf (inducir) to lead to, make

■ esto me lleva a pensar que... this leads me to think that...

■ ¿qué lo llevó a actuar así? what made him act like that?

3 llevar + participio to have

■ llevo escritas cuatro cartas I've written four letters

► verbo pronominal llevarse

1 (obtener) to get; (ganar) to win

■ los rusos se llevaron todas las medallas the Russians won all the medals

2 (recibir) to get

■ se llevó un buen susto he got quite a shock

■ me llevé una agradable sorpresa I had a pleasant surprise

3 (estar de moda) to be fashionable

■ este color ya no se lleva this colour is not fashionable any more

4 (entenderse) to get on ( con, with), get along ( con, with)

■ se lleva bien con sus padres he gets on well with his parents

■ se llevan muy mal they don't get on at all

5 MATEMÁTICAS to carry over

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

dejarse llevar por... to be influenced by..., get carried away with...

llevar a la práctica to put into practice

llevar adelante to carry out

llevar la cuenta de to keep track of

llevar las de + inf to be likely to + inf

■ las llevas de perder you'll lose

llevarse a matar to be at daggers drawn

llevarse por delante (gen) to carry away, sweep away 2 (viento) to blow away 3 (coche) to run over

* * *

verb

1) to carry

2) take, take away

3) wear

4) endure, bear

•

- llevar a cabo
- llevarse
* * *
Para las expresiones llevar adelante, llevar la contraria, llevar las de perder, llevar a la práctica, llevar a término, llevar ventaja, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=transportar) [con los brazos] to carry; [indicando el punto de destino] to take; [en vehículo] to transport

yo llevaba la maleta — I was carrying the case

es muy pesado para llevarlo entre los dos — it's too heavy for the two of us to carry

no te olvides de llevar un paraguas — make sure you take an umbrella with you

lleva los vasos a la cocina — can you take the glasses to the kitchen?

"comida para llevar" — "food to take away", "take-away food"

¿es para llevar? — is it to take away?

2) (=llevar puesto) to wear

¿hay que llevar corbata a la reunión? — do we have to wear a tie to the meeting?

llevaba puesto un sombrero muy raro — she had a very odd hat on, she was wearing a very odd hat

3) (=llevar encima)

solo llevo diez euros — I've only got ten euros on me

no llevo dinero (encima) — I haven't got any money on me

¡la que llevaba encima aquella noche! — * he was really smashed that night! *

4) (=tener)

a) [+ barba, pelo] to have

lleva barba — he has a beard

lleva el pelo corto — he has short hair

b) [+ adorno, ingrediente] to have

esta raqueta no lleva el precio — this racket doesn't have the price on it

este pastel no lleva harina — this cake doesn't have any flour in it

lleva un rótulo que dice... — it has a label (on it) which says...

el tren no lleva coche-comedor — the train doesn't have a dining car

lleva mucha sal — it's very salty

¿qué lleva el pollo que está tan bueno? — what's in this chicken that makes it taste so good?

c) [+ armas, nombre, título] to have, bear frm

llevará el nombre de la madre — she will be named after her mother

el libro lleva el título de... — the book has the title of..., the book is entitled...

5) [+ persona]

a) (=acompañar, conducir) to take

voy a llevar a los niños al colegio — I'm going to take the children to school

lo llevamos al teatro — we took him to the theatre

¿adónde me llevan? — where are you taking me?

a ver ¿cuándo me llevas a cenar? — when are you going to take me out for a meal?

b) [en coche] to drive

Sofía nos llevó a casa — Sofía gave us a lift home, Sofía drove us home

yo voy en esa dirección, ¿quieres que te lleve? — I'm going that way, do you want a lift?

6) (=conducir)

a) [+ vehículo] to drive

lleva muy bien el coche — she drives the car very well

yo llevé el coche hasta Santander — I drove the car to Santander

b) [+ persona, entidad]

este camino nos lleva a Bogotá — this road takes us to Bogotá

ha llevado al país a una guerra — he has led the country into a war

llevó a su empresa a la bancarrota — he caused his company to go bankrupt, he bankrupted his company

• [dejarse] llevar — to get carried away

se dejaba llevar por las olas — he allowed the waves to carry him away

no te dejes llevar por las apariencias — don't be taken in {o} deceived by appearances

si te dejas llevar por él, acabarás mal — if you fall in with him, you'll be in trouble

7) (=dirigir) [+ negocio, tienda] to run

llevar una finca — to run an estate

lleva todos sus negocios en secreto — he conducts all his business in secret

• llevar la [casa] — to run the household

lleva muy bien la casa — she's a very good housewife

• ¿quién lleva la [cuenta]? — who is keeping count?

llevar las cuentas {o} los libros — (Com) to keep the books

• llevar una [materia] — Méx to study a subject
compás 1)
8) (=aportar) to bring

la madre es quien lleva el dinero a la casa — it is the mother who brings home the money

llevó la tranquilidad a todos — he brought peace to everyone

seguro que llevas alegría a tu familia — I'm sure you're making your family happy

9) (=adelantar en)

mi hermana mayor me lleva ocho años — my elder sister is eight years older than me

él me lleva una cabeza — he's a head taller than me

10) (=inducir)

llevar a algn a creer que... — to lead sb to think that..., make sb think that...

esto me lleva a pensar que... — this leads me to think that...

11) (=tolerar)

llevar las desgracias con paciencia — to bear misfortunes patiently

¿cómo lleva lo de su hijo? — how's she coping with what happened to her son?

lleva muy bien sus setenta años — he's doing very well for seventy

tiene mucho genio y hay que saber llevarlo — he's very bad-tempered and you have to know how to deal with him

12) [indicando tiempo]

a) (=haber estado) to be

¿cuánto tiempo llevas aquí? — how long have you been here?

llevo horas esperando aquí — I've been waiting here for hours

el tren lleva una hora de retraso — the train is an hour late

llevo tres meses buscándolo — I have been looking for it for three months

b) (=tardar) to take

el trabajo me llevará tres días — the work will take me three days

llevará varias horas reparar la avería — it will take several hours to carry out the repairs

13) (=cobrar) to charge

me llevó 80 euros por arreglar el televisor — he charged me 80 euros for fixing the television

no quería llevarme nada — he didn't want to charge me, he didn't want to take any money

14) (=ir por)

¿qué dirección llevaba? — what direction was he going in?, which way was he going?

• lleva [camino] de ser como su padre — it looks like he's going to turn out just like his father

15) [+ vida] to lead

llevar una vida tranquila — to live {o} lead a quiet life

16) + participio

llevo estudiados tres capítulos — I have covered three chapters

llevaba hecha la mitad — he had done half of it

lleva conseguidas muchas victorias — he has won many victories

17) (=producir) (Com, Econ) to bear; (Agr) to bear, produce

los bonos llevan un 8% de interés — the bonds pay {o} bear interest at 8%

no lleva fruto este año — it has no fruit this year, it hasn't produced any fruit this year

2.

VERBO INTRANSITIVO [carretera] to go, lead

esta carretera lleva a La Paz — this road goes {o} leads to La Paz

3.

See:

llevarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) ( de un lugar a otro) to take

le llevé unas flores — I took her some flowers

te lo llevaré cuando vaya — I'll bring it when I come

¿qué llevas en el bolso? — what have you got in your bag?

comida para llevar — take out (AmE) o (BrE) takeaway meals

b) ( transportar) to carry

el camión llevaba una carga de abono — the truck was carrying a load of fertilizer

deja que te ayude a llevar las bolsas — let me help you carry your bags

c) < persona> to take

llevar a los niños al colegio — to take the children to school

nos llevó a cenar — he took us out to dinner

me llevó hasta la estación — she gave me a lift to the station

lo llevaba en brazos — she was carrying him in her arms

d) ( tener consigo) to have

no llevo dinero encima — I don't have any money on me

2)

a) (guiar, conducir) to take

nos llevaron por un sendero — they led o took us along a path

la llevaba de la mano — I/he was holding her hand

esto no nos llevará a ninguna parte — this won't get us anywhere

lo llevaron ante el juez — he was brought before the judge

b) (impulsar, inducir) to lead

esto me lleva a pensar que... — this leads me to believe that...

¿qué la llevó a hacerlo? — what made her do it?

3) <ropa/perfume/reloj> to wear

4) ( tener) to have

lleva barba — he has a beard

llevaba el pelo corto — she had short hair

el colegio lleva su nombre — the school bears his name

una canción que lleva por título `Rencor' — a song entitled `Rencor'

Sentido II

5) ( tener a su cargo) <negocio/tienda> to run; < caso> to handle

lleva la contabilidad — she does the accounts

trabaja y lleva la casa — she works and does the housework

6)

a) ( conducir) < vehículo> to drive; < moto> to ride

b) < pareja> ( al bailar)

no sé bailar - no importa, yo te llevo — I can't dance - it doesn't matter, I'll lead

7) < vida> to lead

llevar una vida tranquila/muy ajetreada — to lead a quiet/very hectic life; (+ compl)

lo llevan en secreto — they're keeping it secret

¿cómo lleva lo del divorcio? - lo lleva muy mal — how is she coping with the divorce? - she's taking it very badly

llevaste muy bien la entrevista — you handled the interview very well

8) (seguir, mantener)

llevar el ritmo or el compás — to keep time

¿llevas la cuenta de lo que te debo? — are you keeping track of what I owe you?

¿qué dirección llevaban? — which direction were they going in?

Sentido III

9)

a) ( requerir) to take

lleva tiempo hacerlo bien — it takes time to do it well; (+ me/te/le etc)

le llevó horas aprendérselo — it took her hours to learn it

b) (tener como ingrediente, componente)

¿qué lleva esta sopa? — what's in this soup?

esta masa lleva mantequilla — this pastry is made with butter

el tren sólo lleva dos vagones — the train has only two cars (AmE) o (BrE) carriages

10) (aventajar, exceder en) (+ me/te/le etc)

me lleva un año — he's a year older than me

nos llevan un día de ventaja — they have a one-day lead over us

11) (Esp) ( cobrar) to charge
2.
llevar v aux

lleva una hora esperando — she's been waiting for an hour

lleva tres días sin comer — he hasn't eaten for three days

el tren lleva una hora de retraso — the train's an hour late

llevo revisada la mitad — I've already checked half of it

llevo dos años en la empresa — I've been with the company for two years

llevar las de ganar/de perder — to be likely to win/lose
3.
llevar vi

a) camino/carretera to go, lead

b) ( al bailar) to lead
4.
llevarse v pron

1)

a) ( a otro lugar) to take

la policía se llevó al sospechoso — the police took the suspect away

¿quién se llevó mi paraguas? — who took my umbrella?

llévate a los chicos de aquí — get the children out of here

el agua se llevó cuanto encontró a su paso — the water swept away everything in its path

b) <premio/dinero> to win

c) (quedarse con, comprar) to take

me llevó éste — I'll take this one

¿cuántos se quiere llevar? — how many would you like?

d) (Mat) to carry

9 y 9 son 18, me llevo una — 9 plus 9 is 18, carry one

e) (Arg) < asignatura> to carry over

2) ( dirigir)

se llevó la mano al bolsillo — he put his hand to his pocket

3) <susto/regañina> to get

se llevó su merecido — he got what he deserved

me llevé una gran decepción — I was terribly disappointed

se llevó un buen recuerdo — he left here with pleasant memories

4)

llevarse bien con alguien — to get along with somebody

se llevan a matar — they really hate each other

se llevan como perro y gato — they fight like cat and dog

5) ( hablando de modas)

vuelven a llevarse las faldas cortas — short skirts are back in fashion

ya no se lleva eso de las fiestas de compromiso — people don't have engagement parties any more

* * *

= bear, bring, carry, lead, lug off, steer, engage, escort, lead + Pronombre + down the road to, take along, tote.

Ex. Examples of homographs are: bear (to carry, or an animal) and score (music, football or to cut).

Ex. Subject experts may bring a more informed and critical eye to document analysis.

Ex. Cable TV systems have now been introduced in the United States that have the technical ability to carry two-way signals.

Ex. A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.

Ex. The whole affair, assembled and compressed, could be lugged off in a moving van.

Ex. They decided that they had to set up information and referral services to steer people to the correct agency.

Ex. And literature is part of that essential human behavior; it engages us in pre-enactments and re-enactments.

Ex. Their work included escorting clients to other agencies.

Ex. The catalog's deterioration is leading us down the road to lesser quality library service.

Ex. When you're crunched for time, take along snacks that pack a wallop, nutritionally speaking.

Ex. These bags are the best way to tote around your books, groceries, beach stuff, or even your puppy.

----

* agua + llevar = wash away.

* Algo que lleva mucho tiempo de hacer = time-consuming [time consuming].

* comida para llevar = takeaway meal, take-out meal, take-out.

* correr como alma que lleva el diablo = run for + Posesivo + life.

* cuando el río suena, agua lleva = there's no smoke without fire, where there's smoke there's fire.

* dejarse llevar = become + carried away by, drift along, drift, coast along, go with + the flow, let + go, go along with + the flow.

* dejarse llevar fácilmente = be easily led.

* dejarse llevar (por) = fall + victim to, give + way (to).

* dejarse llevar por el instinto = fly by + the seat of + Posesivo + pants.

* dejarse llevar por el pánico = panic.

* dejarse llevar por la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.

* el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* el llevar = carrying.

* el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* encargado de llevar a cabo = implementor [implementer].

* encargado de llevar el marcador = scorer.

* flor para llevar en el ojal = boutonniere.

* la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.

* la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* llevando sobrepelliz = surpliced.

* llevar a = lead on to, lead up to, result (in), take + Nombre + back to, usher into.

* llevar a Algo a una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* llevar a Alguien a juicio = bring + lawsuit against + Alguien, take + legal action, take + legal proceedings.

* llevar a Alguien al límite = push + Alguien + over the edge, drive + Alguien + over the edge.

* llevar a buen término = bring to + a close.

* llevar a cabo = accomplish, carry out, conduct, execute, go about, implement, proceed, effect, realise [realize, -USA], transact, carry through, press forward (with).

* llevar a cabo actividades = conduct + business.

* llevar a cabo una acción = effect + execution.

* llevar a cabo una actividad = conduct + activity.

* llevar a cabo una actuación común = make + a concerted effort.

* llevar a cabo una iniciativa = take + initiative.

* llevar a cabo una misión = accomplish + mission.

* llevar a cabo una orden = execute + command.

* llevar a cabo una redada = swoop.

* llevar a cabo una serie de pasos anteriormente realizados = execute + steps.

* llevar a cabo un atraco = pull off + heist.

* llevar a cabo un proyecto = carry out + project, undertake + project, develop + project.

* llevar a cabo un robo = execute + theft, pull off + heist.

* llevar a casa = bring + home.

* llevar a conclusiones erróneas = mislead.

* llevar a confusión = lead to + confusion.

* llevar a cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights, take + Nombre + to greater heights.

* llevar adelante = go ahead with, carry on, carry out.

* llevar a engaño = be misleading, be deceiving.

* llevar a + Estado Emocional = send into + Estado Emocional.

* llevar a hablar de una cuestión = bring up + issue.

* llevar a hombros = carry + Nombre + shoulder-high.

* llevar a juicio = prosecute, sue, file + suit against, bring + a suit against, litigate, bring + criminal charges against, file + lawsuit against, take + Nombre + to court, bring + Nombre + to justice, put on + trial, try.

* llevar a la bancarrota = bankrupt.

* llevar a la conclusión = lead to + the conclusion.

* llevar a la ficción = fictionalise [fictionalize, -USA].

* llevar a la práctica = practise [practice, -USA], put into + practice, put into + practical effect, carry out, put into + effect.

* llevar a la práctica una decisión = implement + decision.

* llevar a la quiebra = bankrupt.

* llevar Algo/Alguien a = usher + Nombre + into.

* llevar Algo a sus últimas consecuencias = take + Nombre + to its ultimate conclusion.

* llevar Algo demasiado lejos = push + Nombre + too far.

* llevar Algo hasta el final = carry + Nombre + to the end.

* llevar al hospital con toda urgencia = rush + Nombre + to hospital.

* llevar al hospital de bulla y corriendo = rush + Nombre + to hospital.

* llevar al hospital urgentemente = rush + Nombre + to hospital.

* llevar al juzgado = take + Nombre + to court.

* llevar al límite = stretch.

* llevar a los tribunales = take + Nombre + to court.

* llevar al poder = bring + Nombre + to power.

* llevar aquí + Expresión Temporal = have been around + Expresión Temporal.

* llevar a remolque = take in + tow.

* llevar a tomar una decisión = lead (up) to + decision.

* llevar aún más lejos = take + one stage further, progress + one stage further, carry + one stage further, develop + one stage further, take + a step further, extend + one step further, carry + one step further, take + one step further.

* llevar camino de enfrentamiento con = be on a collision course with.

* llevar consigo = carry around.

* llevar el compás = beat + time.

* llevar el mando = rule + the roost.

* llevar el peso = undertake + burden.

* llevar el sello de = bear + the imprint of, bear + the mark(s) of, bear + the stamp of, bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.

* llevar el sello distintivo de = bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.

* llevar en autobús = bus.

* llevar en camión = truck.

* llevar en volandas = carry + Nombre + shoulder-high.

* llevar + Expresión Temporal = take + Expresión Temporal.

* llevar la antorcha = carry + the torch.

* llevar la batuta = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost, set + the agenda.

* llevar la contraria = antagonise [antagonize, -USA].

* llevar la cuenta = tally.

* llevar la cuenta de = keep + track of.

* llevar la delantera = ahead of the game.

* llevar la impronta de = bear + the imprint of, bear + the mark(s) of, bear + the stamp of, bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.

* llevar la marca de = bear + the mark(s) of, bear + the stamp of, bear + the imprint of, bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.

* llevar la marca distintiva de = bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.

* llevar la montaña a Mahoma = bring + the mountain to Mohammed.

* llevar la responsabilidad de Algo = carry + the burden.

* llevar la voz cantante = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost, set + the agenda.

* llevarle la corriente a Alguien = play along with.

* llevarlo bien = take it in + Posesivo + stride.

* llevar + Nombre + aún más lejos = take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther.

* llevar por el aire = waft.

* llevar por el camino de = lead + Pronombre + down the road to.

* llevar por el mal camino = lead + astray.

* llevar por mal camino = mislead.

* llevar (puesto) = wear.

* llevar puesto el cinturón de seguridad = wear + a seat belt.

* llevar razón = be right, be in the right.

* llevar ropa puesta = wear + clothing.

* llevar rumbo de colisión con = be on a collision course with.

* llevarse = take, take away, cream off, haul away, cart, make off with, take + Nombre + away, be in, get away with.

* llevarse a las mil maravillas con + Nombre = get on with + Nombre + swimmingly.

* llevarse a las mis maravillas = get along/on + like a house on fire.

* llevarse bien = get along, on good terms, hit it off.

* llevarse bien con Alguien = get on with + Pronombre Personal.

* llevarse el gato al agua = steal + the show, steal + the limelight, the nod + go to.

* llevarse el mérito = take + the credit (for).

* llevarse la fama = take + the credit (for).

* llevarse la palma = sweep + the board, steal + the limelight, steal + the show, take + the biscuit, take + the cake, come out on + top.

* llevárselo el viento = blow away.

* llevarse los problemas a casa = bring + problems home.

* llevarse una desilusión = be gutted, feel + gutted.

* llevarse una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.

* llevarse un chasco = be gutted, feel + gutted, be disappointed.

* llevarse un palo = be gutted, feel + gutted.

* llevar sobre la espalda = carry on + Posesivo + shoulders.

* llevar sobre los hombros = carry on + Posesivo + shoulders.

* llevar tiempo = take + time, take + a while, take + long, absorb + time.

* llevar tiempo y esfuerzo = take + time and effort.

* llevar todas las de perder = odds + be stacked against, not have a leg to stand on.

* llevar una cruz = suffer from + curse.

* llevar una eternidad = take + ages (and ages).

* llevar una vida + Ajetivo = lead + an + Adjetivo + existence.

* llevar una vida arriesgada = live + dangerously, live + dangerously close to the edge.

* llevar una vida de perros = lead + a dog's life.

* llevar una vida miserable = live + wretched existence.

* llevar un diario de trabajo = keep + diary.

* llevar un minuto = take + minute.

* llevar un negocio = conduct + a business.

* no llevar a ninguna parte = achieve + nothing.

* no llevar a ningún fin = beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.

* no llevar a ningún fin, ser un pérdida de tiempo = flog + a dead horse.

* no llevar a ningún sitio = go + nowhere.

* pasar llevando = take through.

* que se lleva gestando hace tiempo = long-simmering.

* viajar llevando un mochila = backpacking.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) ( de un lugar a otro) to take

le llevé unas flores — I took her some flowers

te lo llevaré cuando vaya — I'll bring it when I come

¿qué llevas en el bolso? — what have you got in your bag?

comida para llevar — take out (AmE) o (BrE) takeaway meals

b) ( transportar) to carry

el camión llevaba una carga de abono — the truck was carrying a load of fertilizer

deja que te ayude a llevar las bolsas — let me help you carry your bags

c) < persona> to take

llevar a los niños al colegio — to take the children to school

nos llevó a cenar — he took us out to dinner

me llevó hasta la estación — she gave me a lift to the station

lo llevaba en brazos — she was carrying him in her arms

d) ( tener consigo) to have

no llevo dinero encima — I don't have any money on me

2)

a) (guiar, conducir) to take

nos llevaron por un sendero — they led o took us along a path

la llevaba de la mano — I/he was holding her hand

esto no nos llevará a ninguna parte — this won't get us anywhere

lo llevaron ante el juez — he was brought before the judge

b) (impulsar, inducir) to lead

esto me lleva a pensar que... — this leads me to believe that...

¿qué la llevó a hacerlo? — what made her do it?

3) <ropa/perfume/reloj> to wear

4) ( tener) to have

lleva barba — he has a beard

llevaba el pelo corto — she had short hair

el colegio lleva su nombre — the school bears his name

una canción que lleva por título `Rencor' — a song entitled `Rencor'

Sentido II

5) ( tener a su cargo) <negocio/tienda> to run; < caso> to handle

lleva la contabilidad — she does the accounts

trabaja y lleva la casa — she works and does the housework

6)

a) ( conducir) < vehículo> to drive; < moto> to ride

b) < pareja> ( al bailar)

no sé bailar - no importa, yo te llevo — I can't dance - it doesn't matter, I'll lead

7) < vida> to lead

llevar una vida tranquila/muy ajetreada — to lead a quiet/very hectic life; (+ compl)

lo llevan en secreto — they're keeping it secret

¿cómo lleva lo del divorcio? - lo lleva muy mal — how is she coping with the divorce? - she's taking it very badly

llevaste muy bien la entrevista — you handled the interview very well

8) (seguir, mantener)

llevar el ritmo or el compás — to keep time

¿llevas la cuenta de lo que te debo? — are you keeping track of what I owe you?

¿qué dirección llevaban? — which direction were they going in?

Sentido III

9)

a) ( requerir) to take

lleva tiempo hacerlo bien — it takes time to do it well; (+ me/te/le etc)

le llevó horas aprendérselo — it took her hours to learn it

b) (tener como ingrediente, componente)

¿qué lleva esta sopa? — what's in this soup?

esta masa lleva mantequilla — this pastry is made with butter

el tren sólo lleva dos vagones — the train has only two cars (AmE) o (BrE) carriages

10) (aventajar, exceder en) (+ me/te/le etc)

me lleva un año — he's a year older than me

nos llevan un día de ventaja — they have a one-day lead over us

11) (Esp) ( cobrar) to charge
2.
llevar v aux

lleva una hora esperando — she's been waiting for an hour

lleva tres días sin comer — he hasn't eaten for three days

el tren lleva una hora de retraso — the train's an hour late

llevo revisada la mitad — I've already checked half of it

llevo dos años en la empresa — I've been with the company for two years

llevar las de ganar/de perder — to be likely to win/lose
3.
llevar vi

a) camino/carretera to go, lead

b) ( al bailar) to lead
4.
llevarse v pron

1)

a) ( a otro lugar) to take

la policía se llevó al sospechoso — the police took the suspect away

¿quién se llevó mi paraguas? — who took my umbrella?

llévate a los chicos de aquí — get the children out of here

el agua se llevó cuanto encontró a su paso — the water swept away everything in its path

b) <premio/dinero> to win

c) (quedarse con, comprar) to take

me llevó éste — I'll take this one

¿cuántos se quiere llevar? — how many would you like?

d) (Mat) to carry

9 y 9 son 18, me llevo una — 9 plus 9 is 18, carry one

e) (Arg) < asignatura> to carry over

2) ( dirigir)

se llevó la mano al bolsillo — he put his hand to his pocket

3) <susto/regañina> to get

se llevó su merecido — he got what he deserved

me llevé una gran decepción — I was terribly disappointed

se llevó un buen recuerdo — he left here with pleasant memories

4)

llevarse bien con alguien — to get along with somebody

se llevan a matar — they really hate each other

se llevan como perro y gato — they fight like cat and dog

5) ( hablando de modas)

vuelven a llevarse las faldas cortas — short skirts are back in fashion

ya no se lleva eso de las fiestas de compromiso — people don't have engagement parties any more

* * *

llevar (puesto)

(v.) = wear

Ex: The camera hound of the future wears on his forehead a lump a little larger than a walnut.

= bear, bring, carry, lead, lug off, steer, engage, escort, lead + Pronombre + down the road to, take along, tote.

Ex: Examples of homographs are: bear (to carry, or an animal) and score (music, football or to cut).

Ex: Subject experts may bring a more informed and critical eye to document analysis.

Ex: Cable TV systems have now been introduced in the United States that have the technical ability to carry two-way signals.

Ex: A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.

Ex: The whole affair, assembled and compressed, could be lugged off in a moving van.

Ex: They decided that they had to set up information and referral services to steer people to the correct agency.

Ex: And literature is part of that essential human behavior; it engages us in pre-enactments and re-enactments.

Ex: Their work included escorting clients to other agencies.

Ex: The catalog's deterioration is leading us down the road to lesser quality library service.

Ex: When you're crunched for time, take along snacks that pack a wallop, nutritionally speaking.

Ex: These bags are the best way to tote around your books, groceries, beach stuff, or even your puppy.

* agua + llevar = wash away.

* Algo que lleva mucho tiempo de hacer = time-consuming [time consuming].

* comida para llevar = takeaway meal, take-out meal, take-out.

* correr como alma que lleva el diablo = run for + Posesivo + life.

* cuando el río suena, agua lleva = there's no smoke without fire, where there's smoke there's fire.

* dejarse llevar = become + carried away by, drift along, drift, coast along, go with + the flow, let + go, go along with + the flow.

* dejarse llevar fácilmente = be easily led.

* dejarse llevar (por) = fall + victim to, give + way (to).

* dejarse llevar por el instinto = fly by + the seat of + Posesivo + pants.

* dejarse llevar por el pánico = panic.

* dejarse llevar por la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.

* el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* el llevar = carrying.

* el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* encargado de llevar a cabo = implementor [implementer].

* encargado de llevar el marcador = scorer.

* flor para llevar en el ojal = boutonniere.

* la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.

* la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* llevando sobrepelliz = surpliced.

* llevar a = lead on to, lead up to, result (in), take + Nombre + back to, usher into.

* llevar a Algo a una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* llevar a Alguien a juicio = bring + lawsuit against + Alguien, take + legal action, take + legal proceedings.

* llevar a Alguien al límite = push + Alguien + over the edge, drive + Alguien + over the edge.

* llevar a buen término = bring to + a close.

* llevar a cabo = accomplish, carry out, conduct, execute, go about, implement, proceed, effect, realise [realize, -USA], transact, carry through, press forward (with).

* llevar a cabo actividades = conduct + business.

* llevar a cabo una acción = effect + execution.

* llevar a cabo una actividad = conduct + activity.

* llevar a cabo una actuación común = make + a concerted effort.

* llevar a cabo una iniciativa = take + initiative.

* llevar a cabo una misión = accomplish + mission.

* llevar a cabo una orden = execute + command.

* llevar a cabo una redada = swoop.

* llevar a cabo una serie de pasos anteriormente realizados = execute + steps.

* llevar a cabo un atraco = pull off + heist.

* llevar a cabo un proyecto = carry out + project, undertake + project, develop + project.

* llevar a cabo un robo = execute + theft, pull off + heist.

* llevar a casa = bring + home.

* llevar a conclusiones erróneas = mislead.

* llevar a confusión = lead to + confusion.

* llevar a cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights, take + Nombre + to greater heights.

* llevar adelante = go ahead with, carry on, carry out.

* llevar a engaño = be misleading, be deceiving.

* llevar a + Estado Emocional = send into + Estado Emocional.

* llevar a hablar de una cuestión = bring up + issue.

* llevar a hombros = carry + Nombre + shoulder-high.

* llevar a juicio = prosecute, sue, file + suit against, bring + a suit against, litigate, bring + criminal charges against, file + lawsuit against, take + Nombre + to court, bring + Nombre + to justice, put on + trial, try.

* llevar a la bancarrota = bankrupt.

* llevar a la conclusión = lead to + the conclusion.

* llevar a la ficción = fictionalise [fictionalize, -USA].

* llevar a la práctica = practise [practice, -USA], put into + practice, put into + practical effect, carry out, put into + effect.

* llevar a la práctica una decisión = implement + decision.

* llevar a la quiebra = bankrupt.

* llevar Algo/Alguien a = usher + Nombre + into.

* llevar Algo a sus últimas consecuencias = take + Nombre + to its ultimate conclusion.

* llevar Algo demasiado lejos = push + Nombre + too far.

* llevar Algo hasta el final = carry + Nombre + to the end.

* llevar al hospital con toda urgencia = rush + Nombre + to hospital.

* llevar al hospital de bulla y corriendo = rush + Nombre + to hospital.

* llevar al hospital urgentemente = rush + Nombre + to hospital.

* llevar al juzgado = take + Nombre + to court.

* llevar al límite = stretch.

* llevar a los tribunales = take + Nombre + to court.

* llevar al poder = bring + Nombre + to power.

* llevar aquí + Expresión Temporal = have been around + Expresión Temporal.

* llevar a remolque = take in + tow.

* llevar a tomar una decisión = lead (up) to + decision.

* llevar aún más lejos = take + one stage further, progress + one stage further, carry + one stage further, develop + one stage further, take + a step further, extend + one step further, carry + one step further, take + one step further.

* llevar camino de enfrentamiento con = be on a collision course with.

* llevar consigo = carry around.

* llevar el compás = beat + time.

* llevar el mando = rule + the roost.

* llevar el peso = undertake + burden.

* llevar el sello de = bear + the imprint of, bear + the mark(s) of, bear + the stamp of, bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.

* llevar el sello distintivo de = bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.

* llevar en autobús = bus.

* llevar en camión = truck.

* llevar en volandas = carry + Nombre + shoulder-high.

* llevar + Expresión Temporal = take + Expresión Temporal.

* llevar la antorcha = carry + the torch.

* llevar la batuta = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost, set + the agenda.

* llevar la contraria = antagonise [antagonize, -USA].

* llevar la cuenta = tally.

* llevar la cuenta de = keep + track of.

* llevar la delantera = ahead of the game.

* llevar la impronta de = bear + the imprint of, bear + the mark(s) of, bear + the stamp of, bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.

* llevar la marca de = bear + the mark(s) of, bear + the stamp of, bear + the imprint of, bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.

* llevar la marca distintiva de = bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.

* llevar la montaña a Mahoma = bring + the mountain to Mohammed.

* llevar la responsabilidad de Algo = carry + the burden.

* llevar la voz cantante = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost, set + the agenda.

* llevarle la corriente a Alguien = play along with.

* llevarlo bien = take it in + Posesivo + stride.

* llevar + Nombre + aún más lejos = take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther.

* llevar por el aire = waft.

* llevar por el camino de = lead + Pronombre + down the road to.

* llevar por el mal camino = lead + astray.

* llevar por mal camino = mislead.

* llevar (puesto) = wear.

* llevar puesto el cinturón de seguridad = wear + a seat belt.

* llevar razón = be right, be in the right.

* llevar ropa puesta = wear + clothing.

* llevar rumbo de colisión con = be on a collision course with.

* llevarse = take, take away, cream off, haul away, cart, make off with, take + Nombre + away, be in, get away with.

* llevarse a las mil maravillas con + Nombre = get on with + Nombre + swimmingly.

* llevarse a las mis maravillas = get along/on + like a house on fire.

* llevarse bien = get along, on good terms, hit it off.

* llevarse bien con Alguien = get on with + Pronombre Personal.

* llevarse el gato al agua = steal + the show, steal + the limelight, the nod + go to.

* llevarse el mérito = take + the credit (for).

* llevarse la fama = take + the credit (for).

* llevarse la palma = sweep + the board, steal + the limelight, steal + the show, take + the biscuit, take + the cake, come out on + top.

* llevárselo el viento = blow away.

* llevarse los problemas a casa = bring + problems home.

* llevarse una desilusión = be gutted, feel + gutted.

* llevarse una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.

* llevarse un chasco = be gutted, feel + gutted, be disappointed.

* llevarse un palo = be gutted, feel + gutted.

* llevar sobre la espalda = carry on + Posesivo + shoulders.

* llevar sobre los hombros = carry on + Posesivo + shoulders.

* llevar tiempo = take + time, take + a while, take + long, absorb + time.

* llevar tiempo y esfuerzo = take + time and effort.

* llevar todas las de perder = odds + be stacked against, not have a leg to stand on.

* llevar una cruz = suffer from + curse.

* llevar una eternidad = take + ages (and ages).

* llevar una vida + Ajetivo = lead + an + Adjetivo + existence.

* llevar una vida arriesgada = live + dangerously, live + dangerously close to the edge.

* llevar una vida de perros = lead + a dog's life.

* llevar una vida miserable = live + wretched existence.

* llevar un diario de trabajo = keep + diary.

* llevar un minuto = take + minute.

* llevar un negocio = conduct + a business.

* no llevar a ninguna parte = achieve + nothing.

* no llevar a ningún fin = beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.

* no llevar a ningún fin, ser un pérdida de tiempo = flog + a dead horse.

* no llevar a ningún sitio = go + nowhere.

* pasar llevando = take through.

* que se lleva gestando hace tiempo = long-simmering.

* viajar llevando un mochila = backpacking.

* * *

llevar [A1 ]

vt

Sentido I

A

1 (de un lugar a otro) to take

tengo que llevar los zapatos a arreglar I must take my shoes to be mended

le llevé unas flores I took her some flowers

te lo llevaré cuando vaya el sábado I'll bring it when I come on Saturday

este programa pretende llevar un mensaje de paz y amor a sus hogares this program aims to bring a message of peace and love into your homes

el camión llevaba una carga de abono the truck was carrying a load of fertilizer

deja que te ayude a llevar las bolsas let me help you carry your bags

¿qué llevas en el bolso que pesa tanto? what have you got in your bag that weighs so much?

dos hamburguesas para llevar two hamburgers to go ( AmE), two hamburgers to take away ( BrE)

[ S ] comida para llevar take out meals ( AmE), takeaway meals ( BrE)

2 ‹persona› to take

iba para ese lado y me llevó hasta la estación she was going that way so she gave me a lift to o took me to o dropped me at the station

voy a llevar a los niños al colegio I'm going to take the children to school

nos llevó a cenar fuera he took us out to dinner

la llevaba de la mano I was holding her hand, I had her by the hand

3

(tener consigo): los atracadores llevaban metralletas the robbers carried submachine guns

no llevo dinero encima or conmigo I don't have any money on me

4 (CS) (comprar) to take

¿la señora ha decidido? — sí, llevo éste have you decided, madam? — yes, I'll take o I'll have this one

¿cuántos va a llevar? how many would you like?

B

1

(guiar, conducir): nos llevaron por un sendero hacia la cueva they led o took us along a path toward(s) the cave

este camino te lleva al río this path leads o takes you to the river

esta discusión no nos llevará a ninguna parte arguing like this won't get us anywhere

2 (impulsar, inducir) to lead

su afición por el juego lo llevó a cometer el desfalco his passion for gambling led him to embezzle the money

esto me lleva a pensar que miente this leads me to believe that she is lying

¿qué puede llevar a una madre a hacer una cosa así? what could induce a mother to do such a thing?

C

1 ‹vestido/sombrero› to wear

puede llevarse suelto o con cinturón it can be worn loose or with a belt

llevaba uniforme he was wearing his uniform, he was in uniform

no llevo reloj I'm not wearing a watch, I haven't got a watch on

2

(hablando de modas): vuelven a llevarse las faldas cortas short skirts are back in fashion

ya no se lleva eso de las fiestas de compromiso people don't have engagement parties any more

D

(tener): llevas la corbata torcida your tie's crooked

hace años que lleva barba he's had a beard for years

llevaba el pelo corto she wore o had her hair short, she had short hair

cada entrada lleva un número each ticket bears a number o has a number on it

el colegio lleva el nombre de su fundador the school carries o bears the name of its founder

una canción que lleva por título `Rencor' a song entitled `Rencor'

Sentido II

A

(tener a su cargo): lleva la contabilidad de la empresa she does the company's accounts

su padre lleva la tienda/el bar his father runs the shop/the bar

el abogado que lleva el caso the lawyer o ( AmE) attorney who is handling the case

mi compañero lleva lo de los créditos my colleague deals with loans

trabaja a tiempo completo y además lleva la casa she works full time and does all the housework as well

B

1 (conducir) ‹vehículo› to drive; ‹moto› to ride

¿quién llevaba el coche? who was driving the car?

2 ‹pareja›

(al bailar): no sé bailar — no importa, yo te llevo I can't dance — it doesn't matter, I'll lead

C

1 ‹vida› to lead

(+ compl): lleva una vida normal/muy ajetreada he leads o has a normal life/very hectic life

llevan su relación en secreto they're keeping their relationship secret

¿cómo llevas lo del divorcio? how are you coping with the divorce?

está en segundo año y lo lleva muy bien he's in the second year and he's doing very well

¿qué tal lo llevas? ( fam); how are things? ( colloq)

lleva muy mal lo de que te vayas al extranjero she's taking this business of you going abroad very badly

llevaste muy bien la entrevista you handled the interview very well

2 ( Ven) ‹golpe/susto› to get

llevamos un susto grande cuando … we got a terrible fright when …

va a llevar un disgusto grande cuando se entere he's going to be very upset when he finds out

D

(seguir, mantener): llevar el ritmo or el compás to keep time

baila mal, no sabe llevar el compás he's a bad dancer, he can't keep in time to the music

¿estás llevando la cuenta de lo que te debo? are you keeping track of what I owe you?

¿qué rumbo llevan? what course are they on?

¿qué dirección llevaban? which direction were they going in o were they headed in?

Sentido III

A

1 (requerir, insumir) to take

lleva mucho tiempo hacerlo bien it takes a long time to do it well

(+ me/te/le etc): le llevó horas aprendérselo de memoria it took her hours to learn it by heart

me va a llevar horas it's going to take me hours

2

(tener como ingrediente, componente): ¿qué lleva esta sopa? what's in this soup?

esta masa lleva mantequilla en lugar de aceite this pastry is made with butter instead of oil

lleva unas gotas de jugo de limón it has a few drops of lemon juice in it

este modelo lleva tres metros de tela you need three meters of material for this dress

la blusa lleva un cuello de encaje the blouse has a lace collar

el tren lleva dos vagones de primera the train has o ( frml) conveys two first-class carriages

B (aventajar, exceder en) (+ me/te/le etc):

me lleva dos años he's two years older than me

mi hijo te lleva unos centímetros my son is a few centimeters taller than you, my son is taller than you by a few centimeters

nos llevan tres días de ventaja they have a three-day lead over us

C ( Esp) (cobrar) to charge

no me llevó nada por arreglármelo he didn't charge me (anything) for fixing it

■

v aux

lleva media hora esperando she's been waiting for half an hour

¿llevas mucho rato aquí? have you been here long?

lleva tres días sin probar bocado he hasn't eaten a thing for three days

el tren lleva una hora de retraso the train's an hour late

¿te desperté? — no, llevo horas levantada did I wake you? — no, I've been up for hours

lleva cinco años en la empresa she's been with the company for five years

hasta ahora llevan ganados todos los partidos they've won every game so far

ya llevaba hecha la mitad de la manga I'd already done half the sleeve

llevar las de ganar/perder to be bound to win/lose

con el apoyo del jefe, llevas todas las de ganar if the boss is behind you, you're bound to succeed

■ llevar

vi

1 «camino/carretera» to go, lead

lleva directamente al pueblo it goes o leads straight to the village

¿adónde lleva este camino? where does this road go o lead?

2 (al bailar) to lead

■ llevarse

v pron

A

1 (a otro lugar) to take

la policía se llevó al sospechoso the police took the suspect away

¿quién se ha llevado mi paraguas? who's taken my umbrella?

nos lo llevamos a la playa we took him off to the beach

no te lleves el diccionario, lo necesito don't take the dictionary (away), I need it

llévate a los chicos de aquí get the children out of here

los ladrones se llevaron las joyas the thieves went off with o took the jewels

el agua se llevó cuanto encontró a su paso the water swept away everything in its path

2 ‹dinero/premio› to win

la película que se llevó todos los premios the movie that carried off o won o took all the prizes

3 (quedarse con, comprar) to take

no sé cuál llevarme I don't know which one to have o take

¿cuántos se quiere llevar? how many would you like?

4 ( Mat) to carry

9 y 9 son 18, me llevo una 9 plus 9 is 18, carry one

5 ( Arg) ‹asignatura› to carry over

B

(dirigir): no te lleves el cuchillo a la boca don't put your knife in your mouth

se llevó la mano al bolsillo he put his hand to his pocket

C ‹susto/regañina› to get

¡qué susto me llevé! what a fright I got!

me llevé una gran decepción I was terribly disappointed, it was a terrible disappointment

se llevó su merecido he got what he deserved

quiero que se lleve un buen recuerdo I want him to leave here with pleasant memories

D

llevarse bien con algn to get along with sb, to get on (well) with sb ( BrE)

nos llevamos mal we don't get along o on

se llevan a matar they really hate each other

se llevan como perro y gato they fight like cat and dog

* * *

llevar ( conjugate llevar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( de un lugar a otro) to take;

◊ le llevé unas flores I took her some flowers;

te lo llevaré cuando vaya I'll bring it when I come;
¿qué llevas en la bolsa? what have you got in your bag?;
comida para llevar take out (AmE) o (BrE) takeaway meals
b) ( transportar) ‹ carga› to carry;

◊ la ayudé a llevar las bolsas I helped her carry her bags

c) ‹ persona› to take;

◊ nos llevó a cenar he took us out to dinner;

me llevó (en su coche) hasta la estación she gave me a lift to the station;
lo llevaba en brazos/de la mano she was carrying him in her arms/holding her hand
d) ( tener consigo) ‹llaves/dinero/documentación› to have

2
a) (guiar, conducir) to take;

◊ la llevaba de la mano I/he was holding her hand;

esto no nos llevará a ninguna parte this won't get us anywhere
b) (impulsar, inducir) to lead;

◊ esto me lleva a pensar que … this leads me to believe that …

3
a) ‹ropa/perfume/reloj› to wear

b) ( tener) ‹barba/bigote› to have;

◊ llevaba el pelo corto she had short hair

1 ( tener a su cargo) ‹negocio/tienda› to run;
‹ caso› to handle;
‹ contabilidad› to do
2 (esp Esp) ( conducir) ‹ vehículo› to drive;
‹ moto› to ride
3 ‹ vida› to lead;
◊ llevar una vida tranquila to lead a quiet;

¿cómo llevas el informe? how are you getting on with the report?
4 (seguir, mantener): llevar el ritmo or el compás to keep time;
◊ ¿llevas la cuenta de lo que te debo? are you keeping track of what I owe you?;

¿qué dirección llevaban? which direction were they going in?
1
a) ( requerir) ‹ tiempo› to take;

◊ le llevó horas aprendérselo it took her hours to learn it

b) ( aventajar) (+ me/te/le etc):

◊ me lleva un año he's a year older than me;

nos llevan un día de ventaja they have a one-day lead over us
2 (Esp) ( cobrar) to charge
llevar v aux:
◊ llevo una hora esperando I've been waiting for an hour;

lleva tres días sin comer he hasn't eaten for three days;
el tren lleva una hora de retraso the train's an hour late;
llevo revisada la mitad I've already checked half of it
verbo intransitivo [camino/carretera] to go, lead
llevarse verbo pronominal
1
a) ( a otro lugar) to take;

◊ la policía se llevó al sospechoso the police took the suspect away;

¿quién se llevó mi paraguas? who took my umbrella?;
el agua se llevó las casas the water swept away the houses
b) ‹premio/dinero› to win

c) (quedarse con, comprar) to take;

◊ me llevo este I'll take this one

d) (Mat) to carry;

◊ 9 y 9 son 18, me llevo una 9 plus 9 is 18, carry one

e) (Arg) ‹ asignatura› to carry over

2 ‹susto/regañina› to get;
◊ me llevé una decepción I was disappointed;

se llevó un buen recuerdo he left here with pleasant memories
3
◊ llevarse bien con algn to get along with sb

4 ( hablando de modas) to be in fashion;
◊ vuelven a llevarse las faldas cortas short skirts are back in fashion

llevar verbo transitivo
1 to take: llévame a casa, take me home
(en dirección al oyente) te lo llevaré al trabajo, I'll bring it to your work
2 (vestir) to wear: lleva el pelo suelto, she wears her hair down
3 (transportar) to carry: no llevo dinero encima, I don't carry any money on me
4 (tolerar, sufrir) lleva muy mal la separación, she is taking the separation very badly
5 (una diferencia de edad) le lleva dos años a su hermana, he is two years older than his sister
6 (cobrar) me llevó dos mil pesetas por el arreglo, she charged me two thousand pesetas for the repairs
7 (necesitar) eso no lleva mucho trabajo, that doesn't need much work
8 (tiempo) llevo dos horas esperando, I've been waiting for two hours
esto llevará un buen rato, this will take a long time
9 (un negocio, empresa) to be in charge of
(a una persona) to handle: te lleva por donde quiere, she does what she likes with you
♦ Locuciones: llevar adelante, to carry sthg through
llevar las de ganar/perder, to be on a winning/losing streak
La traducción más común es to take: ¿Adónde llevas eso?, Where are you taking that? Llévalo a la cocina. Take it to the kitchen. Sin embargo, tratándose de llevar algo hacia el oyente o el hablante, debes emplear el verbo to bring: Te lo llevaré mañana. I'll bring it to you tomorrow. Te llevaré un regalo. I'll bring you a present.
' llevar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acercar
- agitada
- agitado
- aire
- altar
- andar
- aparejada
- aparejado
- bajar
- batuta
- caballo
- cabo
- calzar
- calle
- cantante
- cargar
- cartera
- ciega
- ciego
- conducir
- costar
- dejarse
- delantera
- efectuar
- ejecutar
- escrita
- escrito
- garaje
- inducir
- juicio
- magistratura
- mal
- maquillarse
- operar
- pantalla
- pantalón
- perder
- preferir
- realizar
- sed
- sofoco
- subir
- traer
- transportar
- usar
- vestir
- voz
- anca
- andas
- arrastrar
English:
absorb
- accomplish
- account
- achieve
- ahead
- amulet
- astray
- authenticity
- band
- bankrupt
- bear
- blow
- boil
- bring
- carry
- carry about
- carry around
- carry away
- carry off
- carry on
- carry out
- coal
- conduct
- drag off
- drive
- effect
- fly
- follow through
- footpath
- forceful
- forever
- go through with
- hand-luggage
- handle
- haul up
- have
- have on
- have up
- hold
- hump
- implement
- inclination
- justice
- keep
- lead
- lead out
- lead to
- lead up to
- live
- lug

* * *

llevar

♦ vt

1. [de un lugar a otro] to take;

le llevé unos bombones al hospital I took her some chocolates at the hospital, I brought some chocolates for her to the hospital with me;

llevaré a los niños al zoo I'll take the children to the zoo;

nosotros llevamos la mercancía del almacén a las tiendas we bring o transport the goods from the warehouse to the shops;

me llevó en coche he drove me there;

¿vas al colegio? ¡sube, que te llevo! are you going to school? get in, I'll give you a Br lift o US ride;

¿para tomar aquí o para llevar? is it to eat in or Br to take away o US to go?;

pizzas para llevar [en letrero] Br takeaway pizzas, US pizzas to go

2. [acarrear] to carry;

llevaba un saco a sus espaldas she was carrying a sack on her back;

llevaban en hombros al entrenador they were carrying the coach on their shoulders;

¿llevas rueda de recambio? have you got a spare wheel?;

llevar adelante algo [planes, proyecto] to go ahead with sth;

llevar consigo [implicar] to lead to, to bring about;

está prohibido llevar armas carrying arms is prohibited

3. [encima] [ropa, objeto personal] to wear;

llevo gafas I wear glasses;

¿llevas reloj? [en este momento] have you got a watch on?, are you wearing a watch?;
[habitualmente] do you wear a watch?;
llevaba una falda azul she was wearing a blue skirt;

no lleva nada puesto she hasn't got anything o any clothes on;

no llevo dinero I haven't got any money on me;

nunca llevo mucho dinero encima I never carry a lot of money on me o around;

todavía lleva pañales he's still in Br nappies o US diapers

4. [tener] to have;

llevar bigote to have a moustache;

lleva el pelo largo he has long hair;

me gusta llevar el pelo recogido I like to wear my hair up;

llevas las manos sucias your hands are dirty;

los productos ecológicos llevan una etiqueta verde environmentally friendly products carry a green label

5. [como ingrediente]
esta tortilla lleva cebolla this omelette has got onion in it;

¿qué lleva el daiquiri? what do you make a daiquiri with?

6. [guiar, acompañar] to take;

los llevé por otro camino I took them another way;

lo llevaron a la comisaría he was taken to the police station;

un guía nos llevó hasta la cima a guide led us to the top;
Méx
lléveme con el gerente I want to see the manager

7. [dirigir] to be in charge of;
[casa, negocio] to look after, to run;
lleva la contabilidad she keeps the books

8. [manejar, ocuparse de] [problema, persona] to handle;
[asunto, caso, expediente] to deal with; [automóvil] to drive; [bicicleta, moto] to ride;
este asunto lo lleva el departamento de contabilidad this matter is being handled by the accounts department;

ella llevó las negociaciones personalmente she handled the negotiations herself;

el inspector que lleva el caso the inspector in charge of the case;

lleva muy bien sus estudios he's doing very well in his studies;

sabe cómo llevar a la gente she's good with people

9. [mantener] to keep;

el hotel lleva un registro de todos sus clientes the hotel keeps a record of all its guests;

llevo la cuenta de todos tus fallos I've been keeping count of all your mistakes;

llevar el paso to keep in step;

llevar el ritmo o [m5] compás to keep time;

llevan una vida muy tranquila they lead a very quiet life

10. [soportar] to deal o cope with;

llevar algo bien/mal to deal o cope with sth well/badly;

¿qué tal llevas o [m5] cómo llevas el régimen? how are you getting on with the diet?;

llevo bien lo de ir en tren todos los días, pero lo de madrugar… I can quite happily cope with catching the train every day, but as for getting up early…;
Fam
¿cómo lo llevas con el nuevo jefe? how are you getting on with your new boss?

11. [ir por]
la dirección que lleva el vehículo the direction in which the vehicle is heading;

lleva camino de ser famoso/rico he's on the road to fame/riches;

Comp

llevar las de ganar/perder: el equipo local lleva las de ganar/perder the local team are favourites to win/lose;

en un juicio, llevamos las de ganar if the matter goes to court, we can expect to win;

no te enfrentes con él, que llevas las de perder don't mess with him, you can't hope to win

12. [conducir]
llevar a alguien a algo to lead sb to sth;

aquella inversión le llevaría a la ruina that investment was to bring about his ruin;

¿adónde nos lleva la ingeniería genética? where is all this genetic engineering going to end?;

llevar a alguien a hacer algo to lead o cause sb to do sth;

esto me lleva a creer que miente this makes me think she's lying;

¿qué pudo llevarle a cometer semejante crimen? what could have led o caused him to commit such a crime?

13. [sobrepasar en]
te llevo seis puntos I'm six points ahead of you;

me lleva dos centímetros/dos años he's two centimetres taller/two years older than me

14. [amputar]
la motosierra casi le lleva una pierna the power saw nearly took o cut his leg off

15. [costar] [tiempo, esfuerzo] to take;

aprender a conducir o Am [m5] manejar lleva tiempo it takes time to learn to drive;

me llevó un día hacer este guiso it took me a day to make this dish

16. [pasarse] [tiempo]
lleva tres semanas sin venir she hasn't come for three weeks now, it's three weeks since she was last here;

llevaba siglos sin ir al cine I hadn't been to the cinema for ages, it was ages since I'd been to the cinema;

¿cuánto tiempo llevas aquí? how long have you been here?;

llevo todo el día llamándote I've been trying to get through to you on the phone all day;

llevar mucho tiempo haciendo algo to have been doing sth for a long time

17. Esp [cobrar] to charge;

¿qué te llevaron por la revisión del coche? how much o what did they charge you for servicing the car?

18. CSur [comprar] to take;

llevaré la roja I'll take o have the red one;

¿lo envuelvo o lo lleva puesto? shall I wrap it up for you or do you want to keep it on?

♦ vi
[conducir]
llevar a to lead to;

esta carretera lleva al norte this road leads north

♦ v aux
(antes de participio)
llevo leída media novela I'm halfway through the novel;

llevo dicho esto mismo docenas de veces I've said the same thing time and again;

llevaba anotados todos los gastos she had noted down all the expenses

♦ See also the pronominal verb llevarse

* * *

llevar

I v/t

1 take;

llevar a alguien en coche drive s.o., take s.o. in the car;

llevar dinero encima carry money

2 ropa, gafas wear

3 ritmo keep up

4

:

llevar las de perder be likely to lose;

me lleva dos años he’s two years older than me;

llevo ocho días aquí I’ve been here a week;

llevo una hora esperando I’ve been waiting for an hour;

¿te llevó dos horas hacer eso? it took you two hours to do that?

II v/i lead (a to)

* * *

llevar vt

1) : to take away, to carry

me gusta, me lo llevo: I like it, I'll take it

2) : to wear

3) : to take, to lead

llevamos a Pedro al cine: we took Pedro to the movies

4)

llevar a cabo : to carry out

5)

llevar adelante : to carry on, to keep going

llevar vi

: to lead

un problema lleva al otro: one problem leads to another

llevar v aux

: to have

llevo mucho tiempo buscándolo: I've been looking for it for a long time

lleva leído medio libro: he's halfway through the book

♦ See also the reflexive verb llevarse

* * *

llevar vb

1. (en general) to take [pt. took; pp. taken]

lleva a sus hijos a la escuela she takes her children to school

le llevó muchos años aprender a tocar el arpa it took him many years to learn to play the harp

2. (cargar) to carry [pt. & pp. carried]

¿quieres que te lleve la compra? shall I carry your shopping?

3. (vestir) to wear [pt. wore; pp. worn]

lleva una chaqueta gris he's wearing a grey jacket

4. (tener) to have

¿qué llevas en la mano? what have you got in your hand?

el pastel lleva crema the cake has got cream in it

5. (conducir) to drive [pt. drove; pp. driven]

llevas el coche muy bien you drive very well

6. (tiempo) to have been

llevo media hora esperándote I've been waiting for you for half an hour

llevarle a alguien... años to be... years older than somebody

su hermano le lleva dos años his brother is two years older than him

para llevar to take away

Spanish-English dictionary > llevar
10 annehmen

(unreg., trennb., hat -ge-)

I vt/i

1. (Ggs. ablehnen) (Einladung, Entschuldigung, Geschenk, Hilfe, Vorschlag, Wahl) accept; (Arbeit, Auftrag, Wette) auch take on; (Angebot, Herausforderung) auch take up; PARL. (Antrag) carry, adopt; (Gesetzesvorschlag) pass; (jemandes Rat) take s.o.’s advice, agree; WIRTS. ( einen Wechsel) annehmen / nicht annehmen hono(u)r ( oder accept) / dishonono(u)r (a draft), accept / not accept; dankend annehmen accept with thanks; einstimmig annehmen accept unanimously

2. (vermuten) assume, suppose, bes. Am. guess; (glauben) presume, believe; (erwarten) suppose, expect; (voraussetzen) assume; ich nehme an, dass du Recht hast I suppose you’re right; ich nahm an, du hättest das erledigt I assumed (that) you had sorted that out ( oder dealt with that); nehmen wir ( einmal) an oder angenommen (let’s) suppose, supposing, (let’s) say umg.; wir nahmen es als ausgemacht ( oder erwiesen) an we took it for granted; das ist kaum oder nicht anzunehmen that cannot be assumed ( oder taken for granted); es ist anzunehmen oder man darf annehmen, dass... it can be taken as read that..., we etc. assume that; das kannst du aber annehmen! you can count ( oder bet) on it!; das hätte ich nie von dir angenommen I would never have thought it of you, I would never have expected that of you

II v/t

1. (entgegennehmen) (Bestellung) take; (Lieferung) accept; SPORT: (Ball) take; (Telefongespräch) take; den Fehdehandschuh annehmen fig. pick ( oder take) up the gauntlet

2. (Bewerber) take on, accept; (Schüler) auch: admit; (Mitarbeiter) auch: hire, employ; (Besucher) receive; wir nehmen keine neuen Patienten mehr an we are not accepting ( oder taking on) any more ( oder new) patients; die Alte hat ihr Junges nicht angenommen the mother didn’t accept ( oder rejected) her young

3. (Gewohnheit) take up, schlechte: fall into; (Brauch) adopt; (Namen, Titel) auch assume; Haltung annehmen MIL. stand at ( oder come to) attention; Form (en ) oder Gestalt annehmen Plan etc.: take shape; ein angenommener Name / Titel an assumed ( oder adopted) name / title

4. (adoptieren) adopt; an Kindes statt annehmen adopt (as one’s own)

5. (Farbe, Geruch) take on; Stoff: take; du hast im Urlaub ja richtig Farbe angenommen you’ve really caught the sun on holiday (Am. vacation)

III v/refl: sich einer Sache annehmen take care of s.th., see about s.th., attend to s.th.; sich jemandes Sache annehmen take up the cause of; sich jemandes annehmen take care of s.o., take s.o. under one’s wing, look after s.o.

* * *

(entgegennehmen) to accept; to take in;

(vermuten) to suppose; to calculate; to presume; to guess;

(voraussetzen) to assume

* * *
ạn|neh|men sep
1. vt

1) (= entgegennehmen, akzeptieren) to accept; Geld to accept, to take; Nahrung, einen Rat, Telegramm, Gespräch, Telefonat, Lottoschein, Reparaturen to take; Arbeit, Auftrag to accept, to take on; Herausforderung, Angebot to take up, to accept

See:

→ Vernunft

2) (= billigen) to approve; Gesetz to pass; Resolution to adopt; Antrag to accept

3) (= sich aneignen) to adopt; Gewohnheit etc to pick up, to adopt; Staatsangehörigkeit to take on, to adopt; Akzent, Tonfall to acquire, to take on; Gestalt, Namen to assume, to take on

ein angenommener Name — an assumed name

4) (= zulassen) Patienten, Bewerber to accept, to take on

5) (= adoptieren) to adopt

jdn an Kindes statt annehmen — to adopt sb

6) (= aufnehmen) Farbe to take

dieser Stoff/das Gefieder nimmt kein Wasser an — this material is/the feathers are water-repellent

7) (= vermuten) to presume, to assume

er ist nicht so dumm, wie man es von ihm annehmen könnte — he's not as stupid as you might think or suppose

8) (= voraussetzen) to assume

wir wollen annehmen, dass... — let us assume that...

etw als gegeben or Tatsache annehmen — to take sth as read or for granted

das kann man wohl annehmen — you can take that as read

See:

→ auch angenommen

9) (SPORT) to take

2. vr

sich jds annehmen — to look after sb

annehmen — to see to or look after a matter

* * *

1) (to take (something offered): He accepted the gift.) accept

2) (to take (something) as one's own: After going to France he adopted the French way of life.) adopt

3) (to suppose or assume: I expect (that) you're tired.) expect

4) (to take or accept as true: I assume (that) you'd like time to decide.) assume

5) (to put on (a particular appearance etc): He assumed a look of horror.) assume

6) ((of an official group, government etc) to accept or approve: The government has passed a resolution.) pass

7) (to agree to do (work etc); to undertake: He took on the job.) take on

8) (to get; to assume: His writing took on a completely new meaning.) take on

9) (to accept as true for the sake of argument; to consider as a possibility: (Let's) suppose we each had $100 to spend; Suppose the train's late - what shall we do?) suppose

10) (to learn or realize (something), eg from information received: At first I didn't understand how ill she was; I understood that you were planning to leave today.) understand

* * *

an|neh·men

irreg

I. vt

1. (entgegennehmen)

▪ etw [von jdm] \annehmen to accept sth [from sb]

nehmen Sie das Gespräch an? will you take the call?

2. ÖKON (in Auftrag nehmen)

▪ etw \annehmen to take sth [on]

3. (akzeptieren)

▪ etw \annehmen to accept sth

eine Herausforderung \annehmen to accept [or take up] a challenge

[einen] Rat \annehmen to take [a piece of] advice no pl, no indef art

4. (meinen)

▪ etw [von jdm] \annehmen to think sth [of sb]

du kannst doch nicht im Ernst [von mir] \annehmen, dass ich dir helfe you can't seriously expect me to help you

5. (voraussetzen)

▪ etw \annehmen to assume sth

6. (billigen)

▪ etw \annehmen to adopt [or pass] sth

einen Antrag \annehmen to carry [or pass] a motion

7. (sich zulegen)

▪ etw \annehmen to adopt sth

schlechte Angewohnheiten \annehmen to pick up [or form acquire] bad habits

8. (zulassen)

▪ jdn/etw \annehmen to accept sb/sth

Patienten/Schüler \annehmen to take on [or accept] patients/[school]children

9. (sich entwickeln)

der Konflikt nimmt immer schlimmere Ausmaße an the conflict is taking a turn for the worse

▪ etw \annehmen to take sth on

10. JUR (adoptieren)

▪ jdn \annehmen to adopt sb

11. (eindringen lassen)

▪ etw \annehmen to take sth, to let sth in

dieser Stoff nimmt kein Wasser an this material is water-resistant [or water-repellent

II. vr

1. (sich um jdn kümmern)

▪ sich akk jds \annehmen to look after sb

nach dem Tod ihrer Eltern nahm er sich ihrer rührend an after her parents' death, he took her under his wing

2. (sich mit etw beschäftigen)

▪ sich akk einer S. gen \annehmen to take care of sth

* * *
1.
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb

1) accept; take; accept <alms, invitation, condition, help, fate verdict, punishment>; take <food, telephone call>; accept, take [on] <task, job, repairs>; accept, take up <offer, invitation, challenge>

2) (Sport) take

3) (billigen) approve; approve, adopt < resolution>

4) (aufnehmen) take on <worker, patient, pupil>

5) (adoptieren) adopt

jemanden an Kindes Statt annehmen — (veralt.) adopt somebody

6) (haften lassen) take <dye, ink>

kein Wasser annehmen — repel water; be water-repellent

7) (sich aneignen) adopt < habit, mannerism>; adopt, assume < name, attitude>

8) (bekommen) take on <look, appearance, form, tone, dimension>

9) (vermuten) assume; presume

ich nehme es an/nicht an — I assume or presume so/not

das ist/ist nicht anzunehmen — that can/cannot be assumed

10) (voraussetzen) assume

etwas als gegeben od. Tatsache annehmen — take something for granted or as read

angenommen, [dass]... — assuming [that]...

das kannst du annehmen! — (ugs.) you bet! (coll.)
2.
unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb (geh.)

sich jemandes/einer Sache annehmen — look after somebody/something

* * *

annehmen (irr, trennb, hat -ge-)

A. v/t & v/i

1. (Ggs ablehnen) (Einladung, Entschuldigung, Geschenk, Hilfe, Vorschlag, Wahl) accept; (Arbeit, Auftrag, Wette) auch take on; (Angebot, Herausforderung) auch take up; PARL (Antrag) carry, adopt; (Gesetzesvorschlag) pass; (jemandes Rat) take sb’s advice, agree;

WIRTSCH

(einen Wechsel) annehmen/nicht annehmen hono(u)r ( oder accept)/dishonono(u)r (a draft), accept/not accept;

dankend annehmen accept with thanks;

einstimmig annehmen accept unanimously

2. (vermuten) assume, suppose, besonders US guess; (glauben) presume, believe; (erwarten) suppose, expect; (voraussetzen) assume;

ich nehme an, dass du recht hast I suppose you’re right;

ich nahm an, du hättest das erledigt I assumed (that) you had sorted that out ( oder dealt with that);

nehmen wir (einmal) an oder

angenommen (let’s) suppose, supposing, (let’s) say umg;

wir nahmen es als ausgemacht ( oder

erwiesen)

an we took it for granted;

das ist kaum oder

nicht anzunehmen that cannot be assumed ( oder taken for granted);

es ist anzunehmen oder

man darf annehmen, dass … it can be taken as read that …, we etc assume that;

das kannst du aber annehmen! you can count ( oder bet) on it!;

das hätte ich nie von dir angenommen I would never have thought it of you, I would never have expected that of you

B. v/t

1. (entgegennehmen) (Bestellung) take; (Lieferung) accept; SPORT: (Ball) take; (Telefongespräch) take;

den Fehdehandschuh annehmen fig pick ( oder take) up the gauntlet

2. (Bewerber) take on, accept; (Schüler) auch: admit; (Mitarbeiter) auch: hire, employ; (Besucher) receive;

wir nehmen keine neuen Patienten mehr an we are not accepting ( oder taking on) any more ( oder new) patients;

die Alte hat ihr Junges nicht angenommen the mother didn’t accept ( oder rejected) her young

3. (Gewohnheit) take up, schlechte: fall into; (Brauch) adopt; (Namen, Titel) auch assume;

Haltung annehmen MIL stand at ( oder come to) attention;

Form(en) oder

Gestalt annehmen Plan etc: take shape;

ein angenommener Name/Titel an assumed ( oder adopted) name/title

4. (adoptieren) adopt;

an Kindes statt annehmen adopt (as one’s own)

5. (Farbe, Geruch) take on; Stoff: take;

du hast im Urlaub ja richtig Farbe angenommen you’ve really caught the sun on holiday (US vacation)

C. v/r:

sich einer Sache annehmen take care of sth, see about sth, attend to sth;

sich jemandes

Sache annehmen take up the cause of;

sich jemandes annehmen take care of sb, take sb under one’s wing, look after sb

* * *
1.
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb

1) accept; take; accept <alms, invitation, condition, help, fate verdict, punishment>; take <food, telephone call>; accept, take [on] <task, job, repairs>; accept, take up <offer, invitation, challenge>

2) (Sport) take

3) (billigen) approve; approve, adopt < resolution>

4) (aufnehmen) take on <worker, patient, pupil>

5) (adoptieren) adopt

jemanden an Kindes Statt annehmen — (veralt.) adopt somebody

6) (haften lassen) take <dye, ink>

kein Wasser annehmen — repel water; be water-repellent

7) (sich aneignen) adopt <habit, mannerism>; adopt, assume <name, attitude>

8) (bekommen) take on <look, appearance, form, tone, dimension>

9) (vermuten) assume; presume

ich nehme es an/nicht an — I assume or presume so/not

das ist/ist nicht anzunehmen — that can/cannot be assumed

10) (voraussetzen) assume

etwas als gegeben od. Tatsache annehmen — take something for granted or as read

angenommen, [dass]... — assuming [that]...

das kannst du annehmen! — (ugs.) you bet! (coll.)
2.
unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb (geh.)

sich jemandes/einer Sache annehmen — look after somebody/something

* * *

v.

to accept v.

to adopt v.

to assume v.

to expect v.

to imbibe v.

to presume v.

to suppose v.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > annehmen
11 bajar

v.

1 to take/bring down (poner abajo) (libro, cuadro).

ayúdame a bajar la caja help me get the box down; (desde lo alto) help carry the box downstairs (al piso de abajo)

2 to go/come down (descender) (montaña, escaleras).

bajó las escaleras a toda velocidad she ran down the stairs as fast as she could

bajar en ascensor to go/come down in the lift o (British) elevator (United States)

bajar por la escalera to go/come down the stairs

bajar (a) por algo to go out and get something

bajar corriendo to run down

3 to reduce.

bajar el fuego (de la cocina) to reduce the heat

4 to lower (ojos, cabeza, voz).

5 to download (informal) (computing).

6 to fall, to drop.

bajó la gasolina the price of petrol o (British) gasoline fell (United States)

este modelo ha bajado de precio this model has gone down in price, the price of this model has gone down

bajó la Bolsa share prices fell

las acciones de C & C han bajado C & C share prices have fallen

7 to descend, to come down, to decrease, to drop.

Bajó el calor The heat descended.

El hielo bajó la temperatura The ice reduced the temperature.

8 to step down, to stand down, to climb down, to get down.

Ricardo bajó del camión Richard stepped down from the truck.

9 to take down, to discharge, to carry down, to get down.

Pedro bajó el equipaje Peter took down the luggage.

10 to put down, to lower, to put in a lower position.

Ella bajó su mano She put down her hand.

11 to go down, to descend.

Ese elevador baja That elevator goes down.

12 to have less.

Me bajó la temperatura I have less temperature.

13 to walk down, to descend.

Ella bajó el camino al mar She walked down the path to the sea.

* * *

bajar

► verbo transitivo

1 (coger algo de un lugar alto) to get down, take down

■ bajó un libro de la estantería he took a book down from the shelf

2 (dejar más abajo) to lower

■ ¿has bajado las persianas? have you lowered the blinds?

■ ese cuadro está muy alto, bájalo un poco that picture's too high, bring it down a bit

■ se bajó los pantalones para que le pusieran una inyección he took his trousers down so that they could give him an injection

3 (reducir) to lower, reduce, bring down

■ esto te bajará la tensión this will lower your blood pressure

■ nuestro objetivo es bajar la inflación our aim is to reduce inflation

■ han bajado los impuestos directos they've cut down direct taxes

■ quieren bajar el precio de los libros they want to bring down the price of books

4 (reducir en intensidad) to lower; (voz) to lower; (sonido, luz, gas) to turn down

■ baja la voz, que te van a oír lower your voice, they'll hear you

■ baja la tele un poco, no te oigo turn the telly down, I can't hear you

■ baja la calefacción, hace calor turn the heating down, it's hot

5 (alargar) to lengthen, let down

■ la modista me bajó un poco la falda the dressmaker let my skirt down a bit

6 (recorrer de arriba abajo) to go down, come down

■ bajamos la escalera we went down the stairs

■ bajó la calle corriendo she ran down the street

7 (en informática) to download

► verbo intransitivo

1 (ir abajo - acercándose) to come down; (- alejándose) to go down

■ ¡baja de ahí ahora mismo! come down from there right now!

■ ¿bajas en ascensor o por la escalera? are you going down in the lift or by the stairs?

■ bajó corriendo/volando he ran/flew down

2 (reducirse) to fall, drop, come down

■ ha bajado la temperatura the temperature has dropped

■ los precios han bajado prices have come down

■ el yen sigue bajando the yen continues to fall

3 (hinchazón) to go down; (fiebre) to go down, come down

4 (marea) to go out

5 (apearse - de coche) to get out (de, of); (de bicicleta, caballo) to get off (de, -); (de avión, tren, autobús) to get off (de, -)

► verbo pronominal bajarse

1 (ir abajo - acercándose) to come down; (- alejándose) to go down

2 (apearse - de coche) to get out (de, -); (bicicleta, caballo) to get off (de, -); (avión, tren, autobús) to get off (de, -)

3 (agacharse) to bend down, bend over

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

bajarse la cabeza to bow one's head

no bajar de... to be at least..., not be less than...

■ ese coche no baja de los tres millones that car must cost at least three million

* * *

verb

1) to lower

2) descend

3) fall

4) reduce

5) take down

•

- bajarse de
- bajarse
* * *

1. VT

1) (=llevar abajo) to take down; (=traer abajo) to bring down

¿has bajado la basura? — have you taken the rubbish down?

¿me bajas el abrigo?, hace frío aquí fuera — could you bring my coat down? it's cold out here

te he bajado la maleta del armario — I got your suitcase down from the wardrobe

la bajó del caballo — he helped her down off the horse

¿me baja a la Plaza Mayor? — [en taxi] could you take me to the Plaza Mayor?

2) (=mover hacia abajo) [+ bandera, ventanilla] to lower; [+ persiana] to put down, lower

bajar el telón — to lower the curtain

dimos un paseo para bajar la comida — we had a walk to help us digest our meal

3) [con partes del cuerpo] [+ brazos] to drop, lower

bajó la vista o los ojos — he looked down

bajó la cabeza — she bowed o lowered her head

4) (=reducir) [+ precio] to lower, put down; [+ fiebre, tensión, voz] to lower

los comercios han bajado los precios — businesses have put their prices down o lowered their prices

5) [+ radio, televisión, gas] to turn down

baja la radio que no oigo nada — turn the radio down, I can't hear a thing

¡baja la voz, que no estoy sordo! — keep your voice down, I'm not deaf!

6)

bajar la escalera — [visto desde arriba] to go down the stairs; [visto desde abajo] to come down the stairs

7) (=perder) to lose

bajé seis kilos — I lost six kilos

8) (Inform) to download

9) (=humillar) to humble, humiliate

10) Caribe ** (=pagar) to cough up *, fork out *

11) And ** (=matar) to do in **

2. VI

1) (=descender) [visto desde arriba] to go down; [visto desde abajo] to come down

baja y ayúdame — come down and help me

¡ahora bajo! — I'll be right down!

2) (=apearse) [de autobús, avión, tren, moto, bici, caballo] to get off; [de coche] to get out

bajar de — [+ autobús, avión, tren, moto, bici, caballo] to get off; [+ coche] to get out of

3) (=reducirse) [temperatura, fiebre, tensión arterial] to go down, fall, drop; [hinchazón, calidad] to go down

han bajado los precios — prices have fallen o come o gone down

el dólar bajó frente al euro — the dollar fell against the euro

los coches han bajado de precio — cars have come down in price

el partido bajó de cinco diputados a dos — the party went down from five deputies to two

4)

• bajar de (=perder) —

el avión empezó a bajar de altura — the plane started to lose height

el ejercicio te hará bajar de peso — exercise will help you to lose weight

5)

• no bajar de (=no ser menos de) —

el regalo no bajará de 15 euros — you won't pay less than 15 euros for the present

la venta no ha bajado nunca de mil — sales have never fallen below a thousand

los termómetros no han bajado de 30 grados — temperatures haven't dropped below 30 degrees

6) [regla] to start

me acaba de bajar la regla — my period has just started

3.

See:

bajarse
BAJAR De vehículos ► Bajar(se) de un vehículo privado o de un taxi se traduce por get out of, mientras que bajar(se) de un vehículo público (tren, autobús, avión {etc}) se traduce por get off: Bajó del coche y nos saludó She got out of the car and said hello No baje del tren en marcha Don't get off the train while it is still moving ► Debe emplearse get off cuando nos referimos a bicicletas, motos y animales de montura: Se bajó de la bicicleta He got off his bicycle Otros verbos de movimiento ► Bajar la escalera/ la cuesta {etc}, por regla general, se suele traducir por come down o por go down, según la dirección del movimiento (hacia o en sentido contrario del hablante), pero come y go se pueden substituir por otros verbos de movimiento si la oración española especifica la forma en que se baja mediante el uso de adverbios o construcciones adverbiales: Bajó las escaleras deprisa y corriendo She rushed down the stairs Bajó la cuesta tranquilamente He ambled down the hill Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1)

a) ascensor/persona ( alejándose) to go down; ( acercándose) to come down

yo bajo por la escalera — I'll take the stairs

espérame, ya bajo — wait for me, I'll be right down

¿bajas a la playa con nosotros? — are you coming (down) to the beach with us?

bajar a + inf — to go/come down to + inf

bajé a despedirlos — I went down to see them out

bajó a saludarnos — he came down to say hello

b) ( apearse)

bajar de algo — de tren/avión to get off sth; de coche to get out of sth; de caballo/bicicleta to get off sth

c) (Dep) equipo to go down

2)

a) marea to go out

b) fiebre/tensión to go down, drop; hinchazón to go down; temperatura to fall, drop

le ha bajado la fiebre — her fever o temperature has gone down

c) precio/valor to fall, drop; cotización to fall; calidad to deteriorate; popularidad to diminish

bajar de precio — to go down in price

seguro que no baja de los dos millones — I bet it won't be o cost less than two million

d) menstruación to start
2.
bajar vt

1) <escalera/cuesta> to go down

2) <brazo/mano> to put down, lower

bajó la cabeza avergonzado — he bowed his head in shame

3) (Inf) to download

4)

a)

bajar algo (de algo) — de armario/estante to get sth down (from sth); del piso de arriba to bring/take down sth

¿me bajas las llaves? — can you bring down my keys?

hay que bajar estas botellas al sótano — we have to take these bottles down to the basement

b)

bajar a algn de algo — de mesa/caballo to get sb off sth

5)

a) <persiana/telón> to lower; < ventanilla> to open

b) < cremallera> to undo

6) < precio> to lower; < fiebre> to bring down; < volumen> to turn down

baja la voz — lower your voice
3.
bajarse verbo pronominal

1) ( apearse)

bajarse de algo — de tren/autobús to get off sth; de coche to get out of sth; de caballo/bicicleta to get off sth

bájate del muro! — get down off the wall!

2) < pantalones> to take down; < falda> to pull down

* * *

= come + downstairs, drop, go down, lower, walk down, ebb, subside, move down, come down, wind + Nombre + down, coast, freewheel, take + a tumble, turn down.

Ex. Meanwhile the journeymen, who had just gone to bed, hearing the row quickly got up again, came downstairs and then shoved me out of the door.

Ex. The search profile will only be modified periodically as the quality of the set of notifications output from the search drops to unacceptable levels.

Ex. Since recall goes up as precision goes down, it is clearly not possible to achieve in general a system which gives full recall at the same time as full precision.

Ex. When a forme was in place on the press stone, paper was lowered on to it by means of a tympan and frisket.

Ex. Some of the questions to ask ourselves are will people walk up or down stairs, across quadrangles, etc just to visit the library?.

Ex. Subsequently, library development stalled as cultural interaction ebbed from classical levels.

Ex. Her agitation subsided suddenly.

Ex. Of the 32 institutions indicating some change in status from July 1982 to January 1983, 19 moved down in status and 13 moved up.

Ex. Costs are likely to be high but they will only come down as the system moves into the mass market.

Ex. Not the least of the ironies of this venture is that going ahead with it is as full of hazard as winding it down abruptly.

Ex. Pushing our bicycles up a very steep hill one sunny morning, two men on bicycles coasted down the hill and passed us.

Ex. His vehicle freewheeled backwards down a hill and collided with another vehicle heading up the hill.

Ex. Tourism takes a tumble in Australia due to the global credit crunch.

Ex. Cytokines are small proteins used to communicate messages between the immune cells in the immune system to either turn up or down the immune response.

----

* bajar a = head down to.

* bajar a Alguien del pedestal = knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.

* bajar de categoría = demote.

* bajar de precio = come down in + price.

* bajar el listón = lower + the bar.

* bajar el nivel = lower + the bar.

* bajar el precio = lower + price.

* bajar la calidad = lower + standards.

* bajar la guardia = lower + Posesivo + guard.

* bajar la moral = lower + morale.

* bajar la ventana = wind down + window.

* bajar la voz = lower + Posesivo + voice.

* bajarle la nota a Alguien = mark + Nombre + down.

* bajarle los humos a Alguien = knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size, take + the wind out of + Posesivo + sails.

* bajar los precios = roll back + prices.

* bajar mucho = go + way down.

* bajarse de = get off.

* bajarse de las nubes = get real.

* bajarse del tren = get off + the train.

* hacer bajar = force down.

* no bajarse del burro = stick to + Posesivo + guns.

* precio + bajar = price + fall.

* que baja los humos = humbling.

* subir y = move up and/or down.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1)

a) ascensor/persona ( alejándose) to go down; ( acercándose) to come down

yo bajo por la escalera — I'll take the stairs

espérame, ya bajo — wait for me, I'll be right down

¿bajas a la playa con nosotros? — are you coming (down) to the beach with us?

bajar a + inf — to go/come down to + inf

bajé a despedirlos — I went down to see them out

bajó a saludarnos — he came down to say hello

b) ( apearse)

bajar de algo — de tren/avión to get off sth; de coche to get out of sth; de caballo/bicicleta to get off sth

c) (Dep) equipo to go down

2)

a) marea to go out

b) fiebre/tensión to go down, drop; hinchazón to go down; temperatura to fall, drop

le ha bajado la fiebre — her fever o temperature has gone down

c) precio/valor to fall, drop; cotización to fall; calidad to deteriorate; popularidad to diminish

bajar de precio — to go down in price

seguro que no baja de los dos millones — I bet it won't be o cost less than two million

d) menstruación to start
2.
bajar vt

1) <escalera/cuesta> to go down

2) <brazo/mano> to put down, lower

bajó la cabeza avergonzado — he bowed his head in shame

3) (Inf) to download

4)

a)

bajar algo (de algo) — de armario/estante to get sth down (from sth); del piso de arriba to bring/take down sth

¿me bajas las llaves? — can you bring down my keys?

hay que bajar estas botellas al sótano — we have to take these bottles down to the basement

b)

bajar a algn de algo — de mesa/caballo to get sb off sth

5)

a) <persiana/telón> to lower; < ventanilla> to open

b) < cremallera> to undo

6) < precio> to lower; < fiebre> to bring down; < volumen> to turn down

baja la voz — lower your voice
3.
bajarse verbo pronominal

1) ( apearse)

bajarse de algo — de tren/autobús to get off sth; de coche to get out of sth; de caballo/bicicleta to get off sth

bájate del muro! — get down off the wall!

2) < pantalones> to take down; < falda> to pull down

* * *

= come + downstairs, drop, go down, lower, walk down, ebb, subside, move down, come down, wind + Nombre + down, coast, freewheel, take + a tumble, turn down.

Ex: Meanwhile the journeymen, who had just gone to bed, hearing the row quickly got up again, came downstairs and then shoved me out of the door.

Ex: The search profile will only be modified periodically as the quality of the set of notifications output from the search drops to unacceptable levels.

Ex: Since recall goes up as precision goes down, it is clearly not possible to achieve in general a system which gives full recall at the same time as full precision.

Ex: When a forme was in place on the press stone, paper was lowered on to it by means of a tympan and frisket.

Ex: Some of the questions to ask ourselves are will people walk up or down stairs, across quadrangles, etc just to visit the library?.

Ex: Subsequently, library development stalled as cultural interaction ebbed from classical levels.

Ex: Her agitation subsided suddenly.

Ex: Of the 32 institutions indicating some change in status from July 1982 to January 1983, 19 moved down in status and 13 moved up.

Ex: Costs are likely to be high but they will only come down as the system moves into the mass market.

Ex: Not the least of the ironies of this venture is that going ahead with it is as full of hazard as winding it down abruptly.

Ex: Pushing our bicycles up a very steep hill one sunny morning, two men on bicycles coasted down the hill and passed us.

Ex: His vehicle freewheeled backwards down a hill and collided with another vehicle heading up the hill.

Ex: Tourism takes a tumble in Australia due to the global credit crunch.

Ex: Cytokines are small proteins used to communicate messages between the immune cells in the immune system to either turn up or down the immune response.

* bajar a = head down to.

* bajar a Alguien del pedestal = knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.

* bajar de categoría = demote.

* bajar de precio = come down in + price.

* bajar el listón = lower + the bar.

* bajar el nivel = lower + the bar.

* bajar el precio = lower + price.

* bajar la calidad = lower + standards.

* bajar la guardia = lower + Posesivo + guard.

* bajar la moral = lower + morale.

* bajar la ventana = wind down + window.

* bajar la voz = lower + Posesivo + voice.

* bajarle la nota a Alguien = mark + Nombre + down.

* bajarle los humos a Alguien = knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size, take + the wind out of + Posesivo + sails.

* bajar los precios = roll back + prices.

* bajar mucho = go + way down.

* bajarse de = get off.

* bajarse de las nubes = get real.

* bajarse del tren = get off + the train.

* hacer bajar = force down.

* no bajarse del burro = stick to + Posesivo + guns.

* precio + bajar = price + fall.

* que baja los humos = humbling.

* subir y = move up and/or down.

* * *

bajar [A1 ]

vi

A

1 «ascensor/persona» (alejándose) to go down; (acercándose) to come down

yo bajo por la escalera I'll walk down o take the stairs

espérame, ya bajo wait for me, I'll be right down

¿bajas a la playa? are you coming (down) to the beach?

bajar A + INF to go/come down to + INF

bajó a saludarnos he came down to say hello

todavía no ha bajado a desayunar she hasn't come down for breakfast yet

ha bajado a comprar cigarrillos he's gone down to buy some cigarettes

2 (apearse) bajar DE algo ‹de un tren/un avión› to get off sth; ‹de un coche› to get out OF sth; ‹de un caballo/una bicicleta› to get off sth, dismount FROM sth

me caí al bajar del autobús I fell as I was getting off the bus

yo no bajo, me quedo en el coche I'm not getting out, I'll stay in the car

no sabe bajar sola del caballo she can't get down off the horse o dismount on her own

3 ( Dep) «equipo» to go down, be relegated

4

«río/aguas» (+ compl): el río baja crecido the river is (running) high

B

1 «marea» to go out

2 «fiebre/tensión» to go down, drop, fall; «hinchazón» to go down

han bajado mucho las temperaturas temperatures have fallen o dropped sharply

no le ha bajado la fiebre her fever o ( BrE) temperature hasn't gone down

3 «precio/valor» to fall, drop; «cotización» to fall

el dólar bajó ligeramente the dollar slipped back o fell slightly

nuestro volumen de ventas no ha bajado our turnover hasn't fallen o dropped o decreased

los precios bajaron en un 25% prices fell by 25%

los ordenadores están bajando de precio computers are going down in price

ha bajado mucho la calidad del producto the quality of the product has deteriorated badly

su popularidad ha bajado últimamente her popularity has diminished recently

seguro que no baja de los dos millones I bet it won't be o cost less than two million

ha bajado mucho en mi estima he's gone down o fallen a lot in my estimation

4 «período/menstruación» (+ me/te/le etc) to start

5

( Chi fam) (entrar) (+ me/te/le etc): con el vino le bajó un sueño tremendo the wine made him incredibly sleepy

al escuchar tanta estupidez nos bajó una rabia … listening to such nonsense made us so angry …

■ bajar

vt

A ‹escalera/cuesta› to go down

bajó la cuesta corriendo she ran down the hill

B

1 ‹brazo/mano› to put down, lower

bajó la cabeza/mirada avergonzado he bowed his head/lowered o dropped his eyes in shame

2 (de un armario, estante) to get down; (de una planta, habitación) to bring/take down

me ayudó a bajar la maleta he helped me to get my suitcase down

¿me bajas las llaves? can you bring down my keys?

hay que bajar estas botellas al sótano we have to take these bottles down to the basement

bajar algo/a algn DE algo to get sth/sb down FROM sth

bájame la caja del estante get the box down from the shelf (for me)

bájalo de la mesa/del caballo get him down off the table/horse

3 ‹persiana/telón› to lower

¿me bajas la cremallera? will you undo my zipper ( AmE) o ( BrE) zip for me?

le bajó los pantalones para ponerle una inyección she took his pants ( AmE) o ( BrE) trousers down to give him an injection

tengo que bajarle el dobladillo I have to let the hem down

baja la ventanilla open the window

C ‹precio› to lower; ‹fiebre› to bring down; ‹radio› to turn down

bájale el volumen or ( Col) al volumen turn the volume down

baja la calefacción/el gas turn the heating/the gas down

baja la voz lower your voice

lo bajaron de categoría it was downgraded o demoted

D ( Inf) to download

estoy bajando música a la computadora ( AmL) or al ordenador ( Esp) I'm downloading music to my computer

■ bajarse

v pron

A (apearse) bajarse DE algo ‹de un tren/un autobús› to get off sth; ‹de un coche› to get out OF sth; ‹de un caballo/una bicicleta› to get off sth, dismount FROM sth

me bajo en la próxima I'm getting off at the next stop

¡bájate del muro! get down off the wall!

B ‹pantalones› to take down, pull down; ‹falda› to pull down

C

1 (Arg, Col arg) (liquidar) to rub out (sl)

2 ( Arg arg) (tener relaciones sexuales con) to score with (sl)

* * *

bajar ( conjugate bajar) verbo intransitivo
1
a) [ascensor/persona] ( alejándose) to go down;

( acercándose) to come down;
◊ bajar por las escaleras to go/come down the stairs;

ya bajo I'll be right down
b) ( apearse) bajar de algo ‹de tren/avión› to get off sth;

‹ de coche› to get out of sth;
‹de caballo/bicicleta› to get off sth
c) (Dep) [ equipo] to go down

2
a) [ marea] to go out

b) [fiebre/tensión] to go down, drop;

[ hinchazón] to go down;
[ temperatura] to fall, drop
c) [precio/valor] to fall, drop;

[ calidad] to deteriorate;
[ popularidad] to diminish;
◊ bajar de precio to go down in price

verbo transitivo
1 ‹escalera/cuesta› to go down
2 ‹brazo/mano› to put down, lower
3
a) bajar algo (de algo) ‹de armario/estante› to get sth down (from sth);

‹ del piso de arriba› ( traer) to bring sth down (from sth);
( llevar) to take sth down (to sth)
b) bajar a algn de algo ‹de mesa/caballo› to get sb off sth

4
a) ‹persiana/telón› to lower;

‹ ventanilla› to open
b) ‹ cremallera› to undo

5 ‹ precio› to lower;
‹ fiebre› to bring down;
‹ volumen› to turn down;
‹ voz› to lower
bajarse verbo pronominal
1 ( apearse) bajarse de algo ‹de tren/autobús› to get off sth;
‹ de coche› to get out of sth;
‹de caballo/bicicleta› to get off sth;
‹de pared/árbol› to get down off sth
2 ‹ pantalones› to take down;
‹ falda› to pull down
bajar
I verbo transitivo
1 (descender) to come o go down: bajé corriendo la cuesta, I ran downhill ➣ Ver nota en ir 2 (llevar algo abajo) to bring o get o take down: baja los disfraces del trastero, bring the costumes down from the attic
3 (un telón) to lower
(una persiana) to let down
(la cabeza) to bow o lower
4 (reducir el volumen) to turn down
(la voz) to lower
5 (los precios, etc) to reduce, cut
6 (ropa, dobladillo) tengo que bajar el vestido, I've got to let the hem down
7 Mús tienes que bajar un tono, you've got to go down a tone
II verbo intransitivo
1 to go o come down: bajamos al bar, we went down to the bar
2 (apearse de un tren, un autobús) to get off
(de un coche) to get out [de, of]: tienes que bajarte en la siguiente parada, you've got to get off at the next stop
3 (disminuir la temperatura, los precios) to fall, drop: ha bajado su cotización en la bolsa, its share prices have dropped in the stock exchange
' bajar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abaratarse
- basura
- descender
- guardia
- irse
- a
- bandera
- hundir
- mirada
- poder
- vista
- volumen
English:
boil over
- bow
- bring down
- climb down
- come down
- decline
- decrease
- deflate
- descend
- dip
- down
- downgrade
- downstairs
- draw
- drop
- fall
- force down
- get down
- get off
- go below
- go down
- guard
- hang
- heave
- inflammation
- jump down
- jump off
- let down
- let off
- lift down
- lower
- mark down
- move down
- pull down
- relegate
- send down
- slide down
- slip
- slip down
- spiral down
- steeply
- subside
- swoop
- take down
- turn down
- walk down
- wind down
- bring
- can
- come

* * *

bajar

♦ vt

1. [poner abajo] [libro, cuadro] to take/bring down;
[telón, persiana] to lower; [ventanilla] to wind down, to open;
he bajado la enciclopedia de la primera a la última estantería I've moved the encyclopedia down from the top shelf to the bottom one;

ayúdame a bajar la caja [desde lo alto] help me get the box down;
[al piso de abajo] help me carry the box downstairs
2. [ojos, cabeza, mano] to lower;

bajó la cabeza con resignación she lowered o bowed her head in resignation

3. [descender] [montaña, escaleras] to go/come down;

bajó las escaleras a toda velocidad she ran down the stairs as fast as she could;

bajó la calle a todo correr he ran down the street as fast as he could

4. [reducir] [inflación, hinchazón] to reduce;
[precios] to lower, to cut; [música, volumen, radio] to turn down; [fiebre] to bring down;
bajar el fuego (de la cocina) to reduce the heat;

bajar el tono to lower one's voice;

bajar la moral a alguien to cause sb's spirits to drop;

bajar los bríos o [m5] humos a alguien to take sb down a peg or two

5. [hacer descender de categoría] to demote

6. Fam Informát to download

7. Carib Fam [pagar] to cough up, to pay up

♦ vi

1. [apearse] [de coche] to get out;
[de moto, bicicleta, tren, avión] to get off; [de caballo] to dismount; [de árbol, escalera, silla] to get/come down;
bajar de [de coche] to get out of;
[de moto, bicicleta, tren, avión] to get off; [de caballo] to get off, to dismount; [de árbol, escalera, silla, mesa] to get/come down from;
es peligroso bajar de un tren en marcha it is dangerous to jump off a train while it is still moving;

bajar a tierra [desde barco] to go on shore;

bajo en la próxima parada I'm getting off at the next stop

2. [descender] to go/come down;

¿podrías bajar aquí un momento? could you come down here a minute?;

tenemos que bajar a sacar la basura we have to go down to put the Br rubbish o US trash out;

bajo enseguida I'll be down in a minute;

bajar corriendo to run down;

bajar en ascensor to go/come down in the Br lift o US elevator;

bajar por la escalera to go/come down the stairs;

bajar (a) por algo to go down and get sth;

ha bajado a comprar el periódico she's gone out o down to get the paper;

bajar a desayunar to go/come down for breakfast;

el río baja crecido the river is high;

está bajando la marea the tide is going out;

el jefe ha bajado mucho en mi estima the boss has gone down a lot in my estimation

3. [disminuir] to fall, to drop;
[fiebre, hinchazón] to go/come down; [cauce] to go down, to fall;
los precios bajaron prices dropped;

bajó la gasolina the price of Br petrol o US gasoline fell;

el euro bajó frente a la libra the euro fell against the pound;

bajó la Bolsa esp Br share o esp US stock prices fell;

las acciones de C & C han bajado C & C esp Br share o esp US stock prices have fallen;

han bajado las ventas sales are down;

este modelo ha bajado de precio this model has gone down in price, the price of this model has gone down;

el coste total no bajará del millón the total cost will not be less than o under a million;

no bajará de tres horas it will take at least three hours, it won't take less than three hours

4. Fam [ir, venir] to go/come down;

bajaré a la capital la próxima semana I'll be going down to the capital next week;

¿por qué no bajas a vernos este fin de semana? why don't you come down to see us this weekend?

5. [descender de categoría] to be demoted (a to); Dep to be relegated, to go down (a to);
el Atlético bajó de categoría Atlético went down

♦ See also the pronominal verb bajarse

* * *

bajar

I v/t

1 voz, precio lower;

bajar la mirada lower one’s eyes o gaze, look down;

bajar algo de arriba get sth down

2 TV, radio turn down

3 escalera go down

4 INFOR download

II v/i

1 go down

2 de intereses fall, drop

* * *

bajar vt

1) descender: to lower, to let down, to take down

2) reducir: to reduce (prices)

3) inclinar: to lower, to bow (the head)

4) : to go down, to descend

5)

bajar de categoría : to downgrade

bajar vi

1) : to drop, to fall

2) : to come down, to go down

3) : to ebb (of tides)

♦ See also the reflexive verb bajarse

* * *

bajar vb

1. (ir abajo) to go down

tengo que bajar a recepción I've got to go down to reception

siempre bajamos a pie we always walk down

¿bajas tú o subo yo? are you coming down or shall I come up?

2. (descender) to drop [pt. & pp. dropped] / to fall [pt. fell; pp. fallen] / to go down

el nivel del agua ha bajado the level of the water has gone down

la temperatura ha bajado the temperature has dropped

el precio de la vivienda ha bajado the price of houses has come down

3. (salir de un coche) to get out

¡bájate del coche! get out of the car!

4. (salir de un tren, autobús) to get off

bajó del tren he got off the train

5. (llevar abajo) to get down / to take down [pt. took; pp. taken]

¿me bajas la maleta? can you get my suitcase down?

voy a bajar la basura I'm going to take the rubbish down

6. (traer abajo) to bring down [pt. & pp. brought]

¿me bajas el bolso? can you bring my bag down?

7. (voz, vista) to lower

baja la voz lower your voice

bajó la vista she looked down

8. (cabeza) to bow

bajé la cabeza I bowed my head

9. (volumen) to turn down

baja la música, por favor turn the music down, please

Spanish-English dictionary > bajar
12 дело

с.
1. affair, business; ( занятие) pursuit

личное, частное дело — private affair

это моё, его и т. д. дело — that is my, his, etc., business / affair

это не моё, его и т. д. дело — that is no business / concern of mine, his, etc.; that is none of my, his, etc., business

не его дело (+ инф.) — he has no business (+ to inf.), it is not, или none of, his business (+ to inf.)

это наше внутреннее дело — it's our own domestic concern

вмешиваться не в своё дело — interfere in other people's affairs

не вмешивайтесь не в своё дело — mind your own business

приводить свои дела в порядок — put* one's affairs in order

говорить по делу — speak on business

без дела не входить — no admission except on business

приходить по делу — come* on business

у меня к нему дело — I nave some business with him

он занят делом — he is busy

общественные дела — public affairs

у него много дел — he has many things to do

доводить дело (до) — take* / bring* matters (to)

браться сразу за десять дел — tackle a dozen jobs at once; have many irons in the fire идиом.

знать своё дело — know* one's job

2. тк. ед. (цель, интересы и т. п.) cause

общее дело — common cause

правое дело — just cause

благородное дело — good / noble cause

великое дело — great cause, fear

для дела революции — for the cause of the revolution

3. ( деяние) deed, act; ( создание) work

доброе дело — good deed

здоровье — великое дело — health is a great thing

вы сделали большое дело — you have achieved a great feat

это дело его жизни — it is his life-work

4. (событие, происшествие) affair, business

это дело давно забыто — this affair has been forgotten long ago

загадочное дело — strange business

дело было в 1960 г. — it happened in 1960

5. об. мн. (положение, обстоятельства) things

дела поправляются — things are improving, things are the mend

поправить свои дела — improve the state of one's affairs

как его дела? — how is he getting on?; how are things going with him?

дело повернулось таким образом — matters took such a turn

положение дел — state of affairs

как обстоит дело с этим? — what about this business?

дело обстоит так — the situation is this

6. (вопрос, предмет чего-л.) matter

дело привычки, вкуса — matter of habit, taste

совсем другое дело — quite another matter; that's a horse of a different colour идиом.

в чём дело? — what is the matter?

дело не в этом — that's not the point

дело нисколько не меняется от того, что — the situation is no way altered by the fact that

если бы дело обстояло иначе — if things were different

7. об. тк. ед. ( специальность):

горное дело — mining; др. сочетания см. под соотв. прилагательными

8. уст. ( предприятие) business

это доходное дело — this business pays well

9. юр. ( судебное) case

вести дело — plead a case

возбудить дело против кого-л. — bring* an action against smb., take* institute proceedings against smb.

изложить своё дело — state one's case

по делу Иванова — in connection with the prosecution of Ivanov

10. канц. file, dossier

личное дело — personal record(s) (pl.), personal file

подшить, приложить к делу (вн.) — file (d.)

11. уст. ( сражение) battle, fighting

♢ на самом деле — as a matter of fact, in fact, actually, in reality

на самом же деле — but the fact is...

в самом деле как вводн. сл. — really, indeed; now that one comes to think of it

то ли дело разг. ( гораздо лучше) — how much better; what a difference

то и дело — ( часто) every now and then; ( беспрестанно) continually, incessantly; time and again; часто переводится глаг.: keep* on (+ ger.):

то и дело раздаются звонки — the bell keeps on ringing

первым делом — first or all

между делом — at odd moments, between times

дело за (тв.) — the matter depends (on)

дело в том, что — the fact / point is that

в том-то и дело, что — the whole point is that

дело вот в чём — the point is this

дело не (в) — it is not a matter (of)

какое дело (дт.)?, что за дело (дт.)? — what is it (to)?, what does it matter (to)?

какое ему дело (до)! — what does he care (for, about)!

ему и т. д. нет дела до этого — he, etc., does not care

испытать на деле (вн.) — test in practice (d.)

употребить в дело (вн.) — make* use (of)

иметь дело (с тв.) — have to do (with), deal* (with), have dealings (with)

говорить дело — talk sense, talk sensibly

такие-то дела! разг. — so that's how things are!, that is the way it is!

дело в шляпе разг. — it's in the bag, it's a sure thing

вот это дело! ( правильно) — good!, now you're talking sense!

за чем дело стало? — what's holding matters / things up?; what's the hitch? разг.

не в этом дело! — that is not the question / point

сделать своё дело — have done one's part

это его рук дело — this is his handiwork

когда дело дойдёт до меня, тебя и т. д. — when it is my, your, etc., turn

и на словах и на деле — in word and deed

на словах..., на деле же... — in words..., but actually...; ostensibly..., but in reality...

у него и т. д. (есть) дело к вам — he, etc., has to speak to you

ему попало за дело — he deserved what he got

Русско-английский словарь Смирнитского > дело
13 δικαιόω

δικαιόω fut. δικαιώσω; 1 aor. ἐδικαίωσα. Pass.: 1 fut. δικαιωθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐδικαιώθην, subj. δικαιωθῶ, ptc. δικαιωθείς; pf. δεδικαίωμαι Ro 6:7; 1 Cor 4:4; ptc. δεδικαιωμένος Lk 18:14 (Soph., Hdt.; Aristot., EN 1136a; et al.; pap, LXX; En 102:10; TestAbr A 13 p. 93, 14 [Stone p. 34]; Test12Patr; ApcSed, 14:8 p. 136, 15 Ja.; Jos., Ant. 17, 206; Just.; Ath., R. 53, 1; 65, 14) to practice δικαιοσύνη.

① to take up a legal cause, show justice, do justice, take up a cause τινά (Polyb. 3, 31, 9 ὑμᾶς δὲ αὐτοὺς … δικαιώσεσθε ‘you will (find it necessary to) take up your own cause’ = you will sit in judgment on yourselves; Cass. Dio 48, 46 ‘Antony was not taking Caesar’s side’ in the matter; 2 Km 15:4; Ps 81:3) δικαιῶσαι δίκαιον take up the cause of an upright pers. 1 Cl 16:12 (Is 53:11); τινί χήρᾳ (χήραν v.l.) 8:4 (Is 1:17 ‘take up the cause of the widow’).

② to render a favorable verdict, vindicate.

ⓐ as activity of humans justify, vindicate, treat as just (Appian, Liby. 17 §70; Gen 44:16; Sir 10:29; 13:22; 23:11 al.) θέλων δ. ἑαυτόν wishing to justify himself Lk 10:29; δ. ἑαυτὸν ἐνώπιόν τινος j. oneself before someone=‘you try to make out a good case for yourselves before the public’ 16:15 (δ. ἐαυτόν as En 102:10; but s. JJeremias, ZNW 38, ’39, 117f [against him SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 1ff]). ὁ δικαιούμενός μοι the one who vindicates himself before (or against) me B 6:1 (cp. Is 50:8). τελῶναι ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν θεόν βαπτισθέντες tax-collectors affirmed God’s uprightness and got baptized i.e. by ruling in God’s favor they admitted that they were in the wrong and took a new direction (opp. τὴν βουλὴν τ. θεοῦ ἀθετεῖν) Lk 7:29 (cp. PsSol 2:15; 3:5; 8:7, 23; 9:2).

ⓑ of experience or activity of transcendent figures, esp. in relation to humans

α. of wisdom ἐδικαιώθη ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς is vindicated by her children (on δικ. ἀπό cp. Is 45:25. S. also Appian, Basil. 8: δικαιόω=consider someth. just or correct) Lk 7:35; also ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῆς Mt 11:19 (v.l. τέκνων). On this saying s. DVölter, NThT 8, 1919, 22–42; JBover, Biblica 6, 1925, 323–25; 463–65; M-JLagrange, ibid. 461–63. Of an angel Hm 5, 1, 7.

β. of God be found in the right, be free of charges (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 93, 14 [Stone p. 34] ‘be vindicated’ in a trial by fire) Mt 12:37 (opp. καταδικάζειν). δεδικαιωμένος Lk 18:14; GJs 5:1; δεδικαιωμένη (Salome) 20:4 (not pap). Ac 13:39 (but s. 3 below); Rv 22:11 v.l; Dg 5:14.—Paul, who has influenced later wr. (cp. Iren. 3, 18, 7 [Harv. II 102, 2f]), uses the word almost exclusively of God’s judgment. As affirmative verdict Ro 2:13. Esp. of pers. δικαιοῦσθαι be acquitted, be pronounced and treated as righteous and thereby become δίκαιος, receive the divine gift of δικαιοσύνη through faith in Christ Jesus and apart from νόμος as a basis for evaluation (MSeifrid, Justification by Faith—The Origin and Development of a Central Pauline Theme ’92) 3:20 (Ps 142:2), 24, 28; 4:2; 5:1, 9; 1 Cor 4:4; Gal 2:16f (Ps 142:2); 3:11, 24; 5:4; Tit 3:7; Phil 3:12 v.l.; B 4:10; 15:7; IPhld 8:2; Dg 9:4; (w. ἁγιάζεσθαι) Hv 3, 9, 1. οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο δεδικαίωμαι I am not justified by this (after 1 Cor 4:4) IRo 5:1. ἵνα δικαιωθῇ σου ἡ σάρξ that your flesh (as the sinful part) may be acquitted Hs 5, 7, 1; δ. ἔργοις by (on the basis of) works, by what one does 1 Cl 30:3; cp. Js 2:21, 24f (ἔργον 1a and πίστις 2dδ); διʼ ἐαυτῶν δ. by oneself=as a result of one’s own accomplishments 1 Cl 32:4. (cp. κατὰ νόμον Hippol., Ref. 7, 34, 1).—Since Paul views God’s justifying action in close connection with the power of Christ’s resurrection, there is sometimes no clear distinction between the justifying action of acquittal and the gift of new life through the Holy Spirit as God’s activity in promoting uprightness in believers. Passages of this nature include Ro 3:26, 30; 4:5 (on δικαιοῦν τὸν ἀσεβῆ cp. the warning against accepting δῶρα to arrange acquittal Ex 23:7 and Is 5:23; δικαιούμενοι δωρεάν Ro 3:24 is therefore all the more pointed); 8:30, 33 (Is 50:8); Gal 3:8; Dg 9:5. For the view (held since Chrysostom) that δ. in these and other pass. means ‘make upright’ s. Goodsp., Probs. 143–46, JBL 73, ’54, 86–91.

③ to cause someone to be released from personal or institutional claims that are no longer to be considered pertinent or valid, make free/pure (the act. Ps 72:13) in our lit. pass. δικαιοῦμαι be set free, made pure ἀπό from (Sir 26:29; TestSim 6:1, both δικ. ἀπὸ [τῆς] ἁμαρτίας) ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν οὐκ ἠδυνήθητε ἐν νόμω Μωϋσέως δικαιωθῆναι from everything fr. which you could not be freed by the law of Moses Ac 13:38; cp. vs. 39. ὁ ἀποθανὼν δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τ. ἁμαρτίας the one who died is freed fr. sin Ro 6:7 (s. KKuhn, ZNW 30, ’31, 305–10; EKlaar, ibid. 59, ’68, 131–34). In the context of 1 Cor 6:11 ἐδικαιώθητε means you have become pure.—In the language of the mystery religions (Rtzst., Mysterienrel.³ 258ff) δικαιοῦσθαι refers to a radical inner change which the initiate experiences (Herm. Wr. 13, 9 χωρὶς γὰρ κρίσεως ἰδὲ πῶς τὴν ἀδικίαν ἐξήλασεν. ἐδικαιώθημεν, ὦ τέκνον, ἀδικίας ἀπούσης) and approaches the sense ‘become deified’. Some are inclined to find in 1 Ti 3:16 a similar use; but see under 4.

④ to demonstrate to be morally right, prove to be right, pass. of God is proved to be right Ro 3:4; 1 Cl 18:4 (both Ps 50:6). Of Christ 1 Ti 3:16.—Lit. s. on δικαιοσύνη 3c.—HRosman, Iustificare (δικαιοῦν) est verbum causativum: Verbum Domini 21, ’41, 144–47; NWatson, Δικ. in the LXX, JBL 79, ’60, 255–66; CCosgrove, JBL 106, ’87, 653–70.—DELG s.v. δίκη. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > δικαιόω
14 considerar

v.

1 to consider (pensar en).

bien considerado, creo que tienes razón on reflection, I think you're right

El chico considera a su madre The boy has regard for=considers his mother.

Ricardo considera la propuesta de María Richard considers Ann's proposal.

2 to esteem, to treat with respect.

3 to consider to.

Ella considera mejor ir al teatro She considers best to go to the theater.

4 to consider oneself to.

Considero estar listo I consider myself to be ready.

* * *

considerar

► verbo transitivo

1 (reflexionar) to consider, think over, think about

■ debes considerar seriamente mi petición you should consider my request seriously

2 (tomar en consideración) to take into account

■ considera todas las ventajas take all the advantages into account

3 (respetar) to treat with consideration, respect

4 (juzgar) to judge, regard, deem

► verbo pronominal considerarse

1 to consider oneself

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

considerando que considering that, considering

* * *

verb

1) to consider

2) deem

* * *

1. VT

1) (=reflexionar sobre) to consider

considera las ventajas y los inconvenientes de tu decisión — think about o consider the advantages and disadvantages of your decision

tengo que considerar el tema con detenimiento — I must give this matter some thought

2) (=tener en cuenta)

considerando lo que cuesta, la calidad podría ser mejor — considering what it costs, the quality could be better

considera que esta puede ser tu última oportunidad — bear in mind that this could be your last chance

3) (=creer)

considerar algo/a algn (como) — + adj to consider sth/sb to be + adj

lo considero imposible — I consider it (to be) impossible

se le considera culpable del robo — he is believed to be o considered to be guilty of the robbery

se le considera como uno de los grandes pintores de este siglo — he is considered (to be) o regarded as one of the great painters of this century

lo considero hijo mío — I look on him o regard him as my own son

• considerar que — to believe that, consider that

considero que deberíamos hacer algo — I believe o consider that we should do something

4) (Jur)

considerando... — whereas... ( word with which each item in a judgement begins)

2.

See:

considerarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) <asunto/posibilidad/oferta> to consider; <ventajas/consecuencias> to weigh up, consider

considera los pros y los contras — weigh up the pros and cons

tenemos que considerar que... — we must take into account that...

considerando que ha estado enfermo — considering (that) he's been ill

b) (frml) ( tratar con respeto) to show consideration for, to consider

2) (frml) (juzgar, creer) (+ compl) to consider

fue considerado como una provocación — it was considered (to be) provocative

eso se considera de mala educación — that's considered bad manners

se le considera responsable del secuestro — he is believed to be responsible for the kidnapping

está muy bien considerado — he is very highly regarded
2.
considerarse v pron persona ( juzgarse) (+ compl) to consider oneself

se considera afortunado — he considers himself (to be) lucky

* * *

= consider (as), contemplate, deem, envisage, judge, look at, perceive, reckon, regard as, see as, take into + consideration, take to + be, treat, view, weigh, take + stock of, see, look to as, see about, look upon, give + (some) thought to, have + regard for, class, hold out as, weigh up, look toward(s), flirt, adjudge, believe, look to.

Ex. A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.

Ex. These details are primarily useful as a record of expenditure or to organisations or individuals contemplating the purchase of a work.

Ex. If a corporate body is deemed to have some intellectual responsibility for the content of a work, then the name of that body will usually feature as a heading on either a main or added entry.

Ex. It is fairly common to have to modify a standard list, or compile a fresh list when a new application is envisaged.

Ex. Nevertheless, whatever the basis for the major enumerative schemes they must be judged for their suitability for application in current libraries.

Ex. This article looks at three interrelated issues regarding on-line services based on the recent literature.

Ex. Many of the early systems were perceived as replacements for manual techniques.

Ex. Book form is easy to use, readable, and reckoned to be an acceptable format for many users.

Ex. In particular LCC has been regarded as suitable for the classification of large general libraries, and specifically those large libraries that have been established for research purposes.

Ex. It is easiest to see the comments in this section as pertaining to controlled indexing languages.

Ex. A certain number of days is to be added to today's date to calculate the date due, taking into consideration the dates the library is closed.

Ex. An abridgement is usually taken to be a condensation that necessarily omits a number of secondary points.

Ex. In troubleshooting, it is important to treat the cause as well as the symptom of the problem = En la solución de problemas, es importante tratar tanto la causa como el síntoma del problema.

Ex. Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.

Ex. Examines the advantages and disadvantages of approval plans suggesting that each library must carefully weigh them in order to determine its own best course of action.

Ex. The conference took stock of development within information technology, outlined new ways for its use and presented projects.

Ex. When balls were compared with rollers in the ninenteenth century, their chief disadvantage was seen to be their cost: they were relatively uneconomical of ink.

Ex. From the impressive library of his mansion home on Beacon Hill, Ticknor ruled over Boston's intellectual life and was looked to as the leading arbiter of intellectual and social life in that great city.

Ex. The head of reference told me that he's going to see about a dress code for the staff, prohibiting slacks for women.

Ex. Ticknor, we are told, was a liberal and democrat who welcomed change and looked upon human nature with great optimism.

Ex. I encourage the reader to give thought to the longer case studies that have appeared in the library press.

Ex. The apparent success of the project suggests it can be used or adapted for other members of the beef industry, having regard for their particular circumstances = El aparente éxito del proyecto sugiere que se puede utilizar o adaptar para otros miembros de la industria del ganado bovino, teniendo en cuenta sus circunstancias particulares.

Ex. 30 million Americans are classed as functionally illiterate.

Ex. Community information services seem light years away from the kind of electronic wizardry that is held out as the brave new information world of tomorrow.

Ex. The author weighs up whether a dumbing down has taken place in the UK tabloid and broadsheet press.

Ex. Libraries are looking towards some sort of cooperative system.

Ex. The author examines key passages in the 1941 Nietzsche lectures where Heidegger appears to flirt with the possibility of a more primordial sense of existence.

Ex. National library associations should look for sponsors who will publish manuscripts they have adjudged to have met international standards.

Ex. The preferred citation order should be that order which is believed to match the approach of many users who can be expected to retrieve information on the topic.

Ex. If you're looking to refinish and waterproof some outdoor furniture you might want to consider using teak oil.

----

* bien considerado = all things considered.

* considerando = in view of.

* considerar adecuado = judge + suitable, consider + appropriate.

* considerar Algo = be under consideration.

* considerar apropiado = consider + appropriate.

* considerar como = class.

* considerar como posible = entertain as + a possibility.

* considerar desde una perspectiva = hold + perspective on.

* considerar en detalle = consider + at length.

* considerar en su justa medida = see + in proportion.

* considerar importante = hold + Nombre + dear.

* considerar + Infinitivo = view as + Gerundio.

* considerar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.

* considerar las consecuencias = weigh + implications.

* considerar las posibilidades de algo = consider + possibilities.

* considerar oportuno = consider + appropriate.

* considerar peligroso = see + danger.

* considerar pertinente = consider + appropriate.

* considerar que significa = take to + mean.

* considerarse = be known as, set + Reflexivo + up as, go down as.

* considerarse afortunado = consider + Reflexivo + lucky, count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky.

* considerar un problema = consider + problem.

* merecer la pena considerar más detalladamente = repay + full consideration.

* seguir considerando = consider + further.

* volver a considerar = reconsider.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) <asunto/posibilidad/oferta> to consider; <ventajas/consecuencias> to weigh up, consider

considera los pros y los contras — weigh up the pros and cons

tenemos que considerar que... — we must take into account that...

considerando que ha estado enfermo — considering (that) he's been ill

b) (frml) ( tratar con respeto) to show consideration for, to consider

2) (frml) (juzgar, creer) (+ compl) to consider

fue considerado como una provocación — it was considered (to be) provocative

eso se considera de mala educación — that's considered bad manners

se le considera responsable del secuestro — he is believed to be responsible for the kidnapping

está muy bien considerado — he is very highly regarded
2.
considerarse v pron persona ( juzgarse) (+ compl) to consider oneself

se considera afortunado — he considers himself (to be) lucky

* * *

= consider (as), contemplate, deem, envisage, judge, look at, perceive, reckon, regard as, see as, take into + consideration, take to + be, treat, view, weigh, take + stock of, see, look to as, see about, look upon, give + (some) thought to, have + regard for, class, hold out as, weigh up, look toward(s), flirt, adjudge, believe, look to.

Ex: A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.

Ex: These details are primarily useful as a record of expenditure or to organisations or individuals contemplating the purchase of a work.

Ex: If a corporate body is deemed to have some intellectual responsibility for the content of a work, then the name of that body will usually feature as a heading on either a main or added entry.

Ex: It is fairly common to have to modify a standard list, or compile a fresh list when a new application is envisaged.

Ex: Nevertheless, whatever the basis for the major enumerative schemes they must be judged for their suitability for application in current libraries.

Ex: This article looks at three interrelated issues regarding on-line services based on the recent literature.

Ex: Many of the early systems were perceived as replacements for manual techniques.

Ex: Book form is easy to use, readable, and reckoned to be an acceptable format for many users.

Ex: In particular LCC has been regarded as suitable for the classification of large general libraries, and specifically those large libraries that have been established for research purposes.

Ex: It is easiest to see the comments in this section as pertaining to controlled indexing languages.

Ex: A certain number of days is to be added to today's date to calculate the date due, taking into consideration the dates the library is closed.

Ex: An abridgement is usually taken to be a condensation that necessarily omits a number of secondary points.

Ex: In troubleshooting, it is important to treat the cause as well as the symptom of the problem = En la solución de problemas, es importante tratar tanto la causa como el síntoma del problema.

Ex: Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.

Ex: Examines the advantages and disadvantages of approval plans suggesting that each library must carefully weigh them in order to determine its own best course of action.

Ex: The conference took stock of development within information technology, outlined new ways for its use and presented projects.

Ex: When balls were compared with rollers in the ninenteenth century, their chief disadvantage was seen to be their cost: they were relatively uneconomical of ink.

Ex: From the impressive library of his mansion home on Beacon Hill, Ticknor ruled over Boston's intellectual life and was looked to as the leading arbiter of intellectual and social life in that great city.

Ex: The head of reference told me that he's going to see about a dress code for the staff, prohibiting slacks for women.

Ex: Ticknor, we are told, was a liberal and democrat who welcomed change and looked upon human nature with great optimism.

Ex: I encourage the reader to give thought to the longer case studies that have appeared in the library press.

Ex: The apparent success of the project suggests it can be used or adapted for other members of the beef industry, having regard for their particular circumstances = El aparente éxito del proyecto sugiere que se puede utilizar o adaptar para otros miembros de la industria del ganado bovino, teniendo en cuenta sus circunstancias particulares.

Ex: 30 million Americans are classed as functionally illiterate.

Ex: Community information services seem light years away from the kind of electronic wizardry that is held out as the brave new information world of tomorrow.

Ex: The author weighs up whether a dumbing down has taken place in the UK tabloid and broadsheet press.

Ex: Libraries are looking towards some sort of cooperative system.

Ex: The author examines key passages in the 1941 Nietzsche lectures where Heidegger appears to flirt with the possibility of a more primordial sense of existence.

Ex: National library associations should look for sponsors who will publish manuscripts they have adjudged to have met international standards.

Ex: The preferred citation order should be that order which is believed to match the approach of many users who can be expected to retrieve information on the topic.

Ex: If you're looking to refinish and waterproof some outdoor furniture you might want to consider using teak oil.

* bien considerado = all things considered.

* considerando = in view of.

* considerar adecuado = judge + suitable, consider + appropriate.

* considerar Algo = be under consideration.

* considerar apropiado = consider + appropriate.

* considerar como = class.

* considerar como posible = entertain as + a possibility.

* considerar desde una perspectiva = hold + perspective on.

* considerar en detalle = consider + at length.

* considerar en su justa medida = see + in proportion.

* considerar importante = hold + Nombre + dear.

* considerar + Infinitivo = view as + Gerundio.

* considerar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.

* considerar las consecuencias = weigh + implications.

* considerar las posibilidades de algo = consider + possibilities.

* considerar oportuno = consider + appropriate.

* considerar peligroso = see + danger.

* considerar pertinente = consider + appropriate.

* considerar que significa = take to + mean.

* considerarse = be known as, set + Reflexivo + up as, go down as.

* considerarse afortunado = consider + Reflexivo + lucky, count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky.

* considerar un problema = consider + problem.

* merecer la pena considerar más detalladamente = repay + full consideration.

* seguir considerando = consider + further.

* volver a considerar = reconsider.

* * *

considerar [A1 ]

vt

A

1 ‹asunto/posibilidad› to consider; ‹oferta› to consider, give … consideration; ‹ventajas/consecuencias› to weigh up, consider

considera los pros y los contras weigh up the pros and cons

bien considerado, creo que … all things considered, I think that …

tenemos que considerar que ésta es su primera infracción we must take into account that this is her first offense

considerando que ha estado enfermo considering (that) he's been ill

2 ( frml) (tratar con respeto) to show consideration for, to consider

B ( frml) (juzgar, creer) (+ compl) to consider

fue considerado como una provocación it was considered (to be) o ( frml) deemed (to be) provocative

eso se considera de mala educación that's considered bad manners

considero casi imposible que podamos llegar a un acuerdo I believe it is o I consider it to be almost impossible for us to reach an agreement

se le considera responsable del secuestro he is believed to be responsible for the kidnapping

está muy bien considerado he is very highly regarded

■ considerarse

v pron

«persona» (juzgarse) (+ compl) to consider oneself

se considera afortunado he considers himself (to be) very fortunate o lucky

* * *

considerar ( conjugate considerar) verbo transitivo ‹asunto/posibilidad/oferta› to consider;
‹ventajas/consecuencias› to weigh up, consider;
◊ considerando que ha estado enfermo considering (that) he's been ill;

tenemos que considerar que … we must take into account that …;
eso se considera de mala educación that's considered bad manners;
está muy bien considerado he is very highly regarded
considerarse verbo pronominal [ persona] ( juzgarse) to consider oneself;
se considera afortunado he considers himself (to be) lucky
considerar verbo transitivo to consider: lo considera un genio, she thinks he's a genius ➣ Ver nota en consider

' considerar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
archivar
- barajar
- cada
- dar
- discutir
- encontrar
- estimar
- homologar
- óptica
- pararse
- plantearse
- ponderar
- reparar
- tantear
- tener
- tratar
- ver
- catalogar
- estudiar
- juzgar
- llamar
- medir
- meditar
- mirar
- pensar
- plantear
English:
account
- class
- consider
- contemplate
- count
- debate
- entertain
- judge
- ponder
- rate
- reckon
- regard
- see
- think over
- think through
- treat
- view
- come
- conceive
- deem
- feel
- hold
- look
- think
- weigh

* * *

considerar

♦ vt

1. [pensar en] to consider;

hay que considerar que es la primera vez que lo intentamos you should take into account that this is the first time we've tried to do it;

consideré la posibilidad de presentarme, pero al final desistí I thought about applying but in the end I gave up the idea

2. [juzgar, estimar] to believe, to think;

no quiso considerar mi propuesta she wouldn't consider my proposal;

bien considerado, creo que tienes razón on reflection, I think you're right;

considero que se han equivocado I believe they've made a mistake

3. [respetar] to esteem, to treat with respect;

sus compañeros lo consideran mucho his colleagues have a high regard for him o think highly of him

♦ See also the pronominal verb considerarse

* * *

considerar

v/t consider

* * *

considerar vt

1) : to consider, to think over

2) : to judge, to deem

3) : to treat with respect

* * *

considerar vb

1. (relexionar) to consider / to think about [pt. & pp. thought]

tengo que considerar su propuesta I have to consider their proposal

2. (juzgar) to regard / to think

lo considero imposible I think it's impossible

Spanish-English dictionary > considerar
15 VERÐA

(verð; varð, urðum; orðinn, vorðinn), v.

1) to happen, come to pass;

ætluðu allir, at þeir myndi tala um mál sitt, en þat varð ekki, but it came not to pass, it was not so;

þá varð óp mikit at lögbergi, then there arose a great shout at the Lawhill;

2) verða e-m, to happen to, befall one (slikt verðr opt ungum mönnum);

þat varð Skarphéðni, at stökk í sundr skóþvengr hans, it happened to S. that his shoe-string snapped asunder;

sjaldan verðr víti vörum, the wary man will seldom make a slip;

e-m verðr þörf e-s, one comes to be in need of;

3) to happen to be, occur;

í lœk þann, er þar verðr, in the brook that happens to be there;

varð fyrir þeim fjörðr, they came on a fjord;

verða á leið e-s, to be on one’s path, happen to one;

4) verða brottu, to leave, absent oneself (þeir sá þann sinn kost líkastan at verða á brottu);

verða úti, to go away (verð úti ok drag ongan spott at oss);

to perish in a storm from cold (sumir urðu úti);

þeim þótti honum seint heim verða, they thought that he was long in coming home;

5) with acc. to lose;

kváðust okkr hafa orðit bæði, said that they had lost us both;

6) followed by a noun, a., pp., adv., as predicate, to become;

þá verðr þat þinn bani, it will be thy death;

verða glaðr, hryggr, reiðr, to become glad, sad, angry;

verða dauðr to die (áðr Haraldr inn hárfagri yrði dauðr) with participles;

ok varð ekki eptir honum gengit, he was not pursued;

verða þeir ekki fundnir, they could not be found;

blóð hans varð ekki stöðvat, the blood could not be staunched;

þeim varð litit til hafs, they happened to look seaward;

impers., e-m verðr bilt, one is amazed;

Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. lost his head, was paralysed;

with adverbs; hann varð vel við skaða sinn, he bore his loss well, like a man;

jarl varð illa við þetta, the earl was vexed by this;

7) with infin., denoting necessity, one must, needs, is forced, obliged to do;

þat verðr hverr at vinna, er ætlat er, every one must do the work that is set before him;

þar er bera verðr til grjót, where stones have to be carried;

verð ek nú flýja, now I must flee;

8) with preps., verða af e-u, to come to pass (var um rœtt, at hann skyldi leita fara, en eigi varð af);

varð ekki af ferðinni, the journey came to nought was given up;

verðr þetta af, at hann tekr við sveinunum, the end was that at last he took the boys;

starf ok kostnaðr varð af þessu, trouble and expenses arose from this;

livat verðr af e-u, what becomes of;

hvat varð af húnum mínum, what has become of my cubs?;

verða at e-u, to become (verða at undri, undrsjónum);

veiztu, hvat þér mun verða at bana, knowest thou what will be the cause of thy death?;

verða at engu, to come to nothing;

verða á, to come on, happen;

þvat sem á yrði síðan, whatever might happen later on;

e-m verðr á, one makes a blunder, mistake (þótti þér ekki á verða fyrir honum, er hann náði eigi fénu?);

verða eptir, to be left (honum varð þar eptir geit ok hafr);

verða fyrir e-u, to meet with (verða fyrir goða reiði);

to forebode (verða fyrir stórfundum);

verða fyrir e-m, to be in one’s way, as a hindrance (því meira sem oss verðr fyrir, því harðara skulu þér niðr koma);

verða í, to happen (tókust nú upp leikar sem ekki hefði í orðit);

verða til e-s, to come forth to do a thing, be ready to;

en sá er nefndr Hermóðr, er til þeirar farar varð, who undertook this journey;

verða við e-m, to respond to (bið ek þik, at þú verðir við mér, þó at engi sé verðleiki til).

* * *

pres. verð, verðr, verð; pret. varð, vart (mod. varðst), varð; pl. urðu; subj. yrði: imperat. verð; part. orðinn; pl. orðnir, spelt phonetically ornir, Niðrst. 6: in later vellums occur freq. the forms vurðu, vyrði, vorðinn, see Introd.; but the old poets use it for alliteration as if it began with a vowel: with neg. suff. verðr-at, Fm. 6; varð-at, Vþm. 38; urðu-a it, Gh. 3; urðu-t. Lex. Poët.: [Ulf. wairþan = γίγνεσθαι, ἔσεσθαι; A. S. weorðan; Old Engl. worth, as in the phrase ‘woe worth the day!’ Germ. werden; Dan. vorde; Swed. varda.]

A. To become, happen, come to pass; sá atburðr varð, at …, Ó. H. 196; varð hitt at lyktum, at …, 191; ef svá verðr, at …, Al. 20; ef svá verðr ( if it so happen), at ek deyja, Eg. 34; fundr þeirra varð á Rogalandi, 32; mörg dæmi hafa orðit í forneskju, Ó. H. 73; varð þar hin snarpasta orrosta. Eg. 297; at því sem nú er orðit, Blas. 46; þá varð ( arose) hlátr mikill, id.; varð óp mikit, Nj.; þat varð um síðir, and so they did at last, 240; er þetta allvel orðit, well done, well happened, 187; þau tíðendi eru hér vorðin, Fms. iv. 309 (orðin, Ó. H. 139, l. c.); þat varð ekki, but it came not to pass, Nj.

2. adding dat. to happen, to befall one; þat varð mér, it befell me, Ísl. ii. (in a verse); varð þeim af in mesta deila, Nj. 189; Eyjólfi varð orðfall, speechlessness befell E., he faltered, 225; þat varð Skarphéðni at stökk í sundr skóþvengr hans, 145; urðu þeim þegar in sömu undr, 21.

3. to blunder, make a slip; þat varð þinni konu, at hón átti mög við mér, Ls. 40; sjaldan verðr viti vörum, Hm. 6; þat verðr mörgum manni at um myrkvan staf villisk, Eg. (in a verse); skalat honum þat verða optarr enn um sinn … ef eigi verðr þeim optarr enn um sinn, Grág. (Kb.) i. 55; e-m verðr Þorf e-s, to come in need of, Hm. 149; ef þeim verðr nökkut er honum hefir fylgt, if anything should befall them, Hom. 65; annat man þér verða (another fate, death, will be thine), enn þú sprongir, Sturl. iii. 225; cp. verða úti, to perish in a storm from cold, Fms. vii. 122; sumir urðu úti, Bs. i. 71; verða til, to perish.

4. to happen to be, to occur, or the like; í læk þann er þar verðr, in the brook that happens to be there, Eg. 163; holt þat er þar verðr, 746; varð þá enn brátt á er þvers varð fyrir þeim, þá kölluðu þeir þverá, 132; varð fyrir þeim fjörðr, they came on a fiord, 130; verða á leið e-s, to be in one’s path, happen to one, Ó. H. 181; taka þat sem á leið hans verðr, Grág. ii. 346; verða á fætr, to fall on one’s, feet, Fb. iii. 301; verða ek á fitjum, Vkv. 27; þeim þótti honum seint heim verða, Fbr. 8 new Ed.: verða brottu, to leave, absent oneself; þeir sá þann sinn kost líkastan at verða á brottu, Fms. vii. 204; verð í brottu í stað, begone, Fs. 64: verða úti, id., Nj. 16.

II. followed by a noun, adjective, participle, adverb, as predicate; þá verðr þat þinn bani, Nj. 94; hann varð tveggja manna bani, he became the bane of, i. e. slew, two men, 97; hann mun verða engi jafnaðar-maðr, Ld. 24; ef hann vyrði konungr, Fms. i. 20; verða biskup, prestr …, Bs. i. passim; ok verðr eigi gjöf, ef …, it becomes not a gift, if …, Grág. (Kb.) i. 130; verða þær málalyktir, at …, the end was that …, Nj. 88: verða alls hálft annat hundrat, the whole amount becomes, Rb. 88; honum varð vísa á munni, Fms. xi. 144; varð henni þá ljóð á munni, Fb. i. 525; þat varð henni á munni er hón sá þetta, Sd. 139: hví henni yrði þat at munni, Fms. xi. 149; þá er í meðal verðr, when there is an interval, leisure, Skálda (Thorodd): cp. the mod. phrase, þegar í milli veiðr fyrir honum, of the empty hour; varð Skarpheðinn þar í millum ok gaflhlaðsins, S. was jammed in between, Nj. 203; prob. ellipt. = verða fastr.

2. with adjectives, to become so and so:

α. verða glaðr, feginn, hryggr, to become glad, fain, sad, Fms. i. 21, viii. 19, passim; verða langlífr, to be long-lived, Bs. i. 640; verða gamall, to become old, Nj. 85; verða sjúkr, veykr, to become sick; verða sjónlauss, blindr, to become blind, Eg. 759; verða ungr í annat sinn, Fms. i. 20; verða varr, to become aware (see varr); verða víss, Nj. 268; verða sekr, to become outlawed; verða vátr, to become wet, 15; verða missáttr við e-n, Landn. 150 (and so in endless instances): in the phrase, verða dauðr, to die; dauðr varð inn Húnski, Am. 98; áðr Haraldr inn Hárfagri yrði dauðr, Íb. 6; síðan Njáll var(ð) dauðr, Nj. 238, and a few more instances, very freq. on Runic stones, but now obsolete.

β. with participles; verða búinn, to be ready, Fms. vii. 121; verða þeir ekki fundnir, they could not be found, Gísl. 56; verða staddr við e-t, to be present, Eg. 744; in mod. usage with a notion of futurity, e. g. eg verð búinn á morgun, I shall be ready to-morrow; eg verð farinn um það. I shall be gone then: with neut, part., járn er nýtekit verðr ór afli, just taken out of the furnace, Sks. 209 B; varð ekki eptir honum gengit, he was not pursued, Nj. 270; þeim varð litið til hafs, they happened to look, 125; honum varð litið upp til hlíðarinnar, 112; blóð varð eigi stöðvat, the blood could not be stopped, Fms. i. 46, Nj. 210.

γ. phrases, e-m verðr bilt, to be amazed, Edda 29, Korm. 40, Nj. 169; verða felmt, 105; verða íllt við, hverft við, id.; Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. lost his head, was paralysed, as if stunned, Sturl. iii. 285.

3. with adverbs or adverbial phrases; ef þat bíðr at verða vet, Hm.; ma þetta verða vel þótt hitt yrði ílla, Nj.; verða verr enn til er stýrt, Róm. 321; hann varð vel við skaða sinn, bore it well, like a man, Eg. 76, Nj. 75; faðir hans varð ílla við þetta ( disliked it), ok kvað hann taka stein um megn sér, Fær. 58; jarl varð ílla við þetta, was much vexed by it, Fms. ix. 341; varð hann údrengiliga við sitt líflát, Ld. 234; hvernig varð hann við þá er þér rudduð skipið, Ó. H. 116; hversu Gunnarr varð við, how G. bore it, Nj. 82; verra verðr mér við, enn ek ætla at gott muni af leiða, 109; mér hefir orðit vel við þik í vetr, I have been pleased with thee this winter, Fms. vii. 112; eigi vildi ek svá við verða blóðlátið, fiskbleikr sem þú ert—Ek ætla, segir hinn, at þá myndir verr við verða ok ódrengiligar, 269; þar varð ílla með þeim, things went ill with them, they became enemies, Nj. 39: to behave, varð engum jafnvel til mín sem þessum, Fms. vii. 158; hann lætr sér verða á alla vega sem bezt til Áka, xi. 76; hann lét henni hafa orðit stórmannliga, Hkr. iii. 372.

III. with prepp., verða af; hvat er orðit af e-u, what is come of it? where is it? of a thing lost; segðu mér þat, hvat varð af húnum mínum, Vkv. 30; hvat af motrinum er orðit, Ld. 208; nú hverfr Óspakr á brott svá at eigi vitu menn hvat af honum verðr, Band. 5; varð ekki af atlögu búanda, Ó. H. 184; ekki mun af sættum verða, Fb. i. 126: to come to pass, varð ekki af eptir-för, it came to naught; varð því ekki af ferðinni, Ísl. ii. 247; Símon kvað þá ekki mundu af því verða, S. said that could not be, Fms. vii. 250; ok verðr þetta af, at hann tekr við sveinunum, the end was that at last he took the boys, Fær. 36; eigi mun þér þann veg af verða, Karl. 197:—verða at e-u, to come to; hvat þér mun verða at bana, what will be the cause of thy death, Nj. 85; verða at flugu, Fas. i. 353 (see ‘at’ C. I. α); verða at undri, skömm, honum varð ekki at því kaupi, the bargain came to naught for him, Al. 7; cp. the mod. honum varð ekki að því, it failed for him:—e-m verðr á (cp. á-virðing), to make a blunder, mistake; kölluðu þat mjök hafa vorðit á fyrir föður sínum, at hann tók hann til sín, Fs. 35; þótti þér ekki á verða fyrir honum er hann náði eigi fénu, Nj. 33; Þorkell settisk þá niðr, ok hafði hvárki orðit á fyrir honum áðr né síðan, 185; aldri varð á um höfðingskap hans, 33:—verða eptir, to be left, Rb. 126, Stj. 124, 595; honum varð þar eptir geit ok hafr, Hrafn. 1:—verða fyrir e-u, to be hit, be the object of; fyrir víginu hefir orðit Svartr, S. is the person killed, Nj. 53; verða fyrir öfund, görningum, to be the victim of, Lex. Poët.: e-m verðr lítið fyrir e-u, it costs one small effort (see fyrir):—verða til e-s, to come forth to do a thing, volunteer, or the like; en sá er nefndr Hermóðr er til þeirrar farar varð, Edda 37; til þess hefir engi orðit fyrr en þú, at skora mér á hólm, Ísl. ii. 225; en engi varð til þess, no one volunteered, Nj. 86; einn maðr varð til at spyrja, 82; þá verðr til ok svarar máli konungs sá maðr, er …, Odd. 12; hverr sem til verðr um síðir at koma þeim á réttan veg, Fb. i. 273: fengu þeir ekki samit, því at þeim varð mart til, many things happened, i. e. so as to bring discord, Sturl. ii. 17 C; mundi okkr Einari eigi annat smátt til orðit, Hrafn. 9; eigi varð verri maðr til, there was no worse man, Stj. 482:—verða við, to respond to; bið ek þik at þú verðir við mér þó at engi sé verðleiki til, Barl. 59; at hann beiddi Snorra ásjá, en ef hann yrði eigi við bað hann Gretti fara vestr, Grett. 112 new Ed.; verða við bæn e-s, to grant one’s request, passim.

IV. with infin., denoting necessity, one must, needs, one is forced, obliged to do; þat verðr hverr at vinna er ætlað er, Nj. 10; varð ek þá at selja Hrafni sjálfdæmi, Ísl. ii. 245; eða yrði þeir út at hafa þann ómaga, Grág. (Kb.) ii. 21; þat munu þér þá reyna verða, you must try, Fbr. 23 new Ed.; þar er bera verðr til grjót, where stones have to be carried, Grág. (Kb.) ii. 90; lágu hestarnir í kafi svá at draga varð upp, Eg. 546; en vita verð ek ( I must know) hvar til þetta heyrir, Fms. ii. 146; munu þér því verða annars-staðar á leita, Nj. 223; at hann man verða sækja á ókunn lönd, Fms. viii. 19; ok verðr af því líða yfir þat, it must be passed by, Post.; maðr verðr eptir mann lifa, a saying, Fas. ii. 552; verð ek nú flýja, Ó. H. 188; urðu þeir at taka við Kristni, 105; vér höfum orðit til at hætta lífi ok sálu, hefir margr saklauss orðit at láta, sumir féit ok sumir fjörit, 31, 32; vér munum verða lifa við öðrum veiði-mat, Hým. 16; verða at skiljask við e-n, Skv. 1. 24: the same verb twice, þá varð ek verða hapta, then came I to become a prisoner, Gkv. 1. 9; eg verð að verða eptir, I must stay behind.

B. Peculiar isolated phrases, in some of which ‘verða’ is probably a different word, viz. = varða (q. v.), having been confounded with verða; thus, verða, verðr (= varða, varðar), to be liable, are frequent occurrences as a law phrase in the Grág.; svá fremi verðr beitin, ii. 226; þeim manni verðr fjörbaugs-garðr, er …, 212.

2. the phrase, eigi verðr (= varðar) einn eiðr alla, see eiðr; also ymsar verðr sá er margar ferr, in many warfares there will be some defeats, Eg. 182.

3. to forfeit, lose, prop. of paying a fine or penalty; heit ek á þann félaga er mik lætr eigi slíkt verða, Vápn. 11; æti þik ormar, yrða ek þik, kykvan, that snakes ate thee alive, and that I lost thee, Am. 22; fullhuginu sá er varð dróttinn, the brave man bereft of his master, Sighvat (Ó. H. 236); ek hefi orðinn þann guðföður, er …, I have lost a godfather who …, Hallfred (Js. 210); hér skaltú lífit verða, here shall thou forfeit life, i. e. die, Sturl. iii. (in a verse).

4. the law phrase, verða síns, to suffer a loss; leiglendingr bæti honum allt þat er hann verðr síns fyrir lands-drottni (i. e. verðr missa), whatever he has to lose, whatever damage, Gþl. 362; þræll skal ekki verða síns um, N. G. L. i. 85; allt þat er hann verðr síns í, þá skal hinn bæta honum, Jb. 207 A; hann kvað þá ekki skyldu síns í verða (varða Ed.) um þetta mál, they should lose nothing, Rd. 253: vildi hann (viz. Herode) eigi verða heit sitt (= fyrir verða?), he would not forfeit, break his vow, Hom. 106.

C. Reflex.; at þær ræður skyldi eigi með tjónum verðask, to be lost, forgotten, Sks. 561 B.

2. recipr.; bræðr munu berjask ok at bönum verðask, Vsp. (Hb.); þá er bræðr tveir at bönum urðusk, Ýt. 11.

3. part.; eptir orðna þrimu geira, Ód.; hluti orðna ok úorðna, past and future, MS. 623. 13; kvenna fegrst ok bezt at sér orðin, Nj. 268; þeir vóru svó vorðnir sik (so shapen, Germ. beschaffen), at þeir höfðu …, Stj. 7; þeir eru svá vorðnir sik, at þeir hafa eitt auga í miðju enninu, 68.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > VERÐA
16 дело

с.

1) (работа, занятие, отсутствие безделья) work, business

он за́нят де́лом — he is busy

у него́ мно́го дел — he has many things to do

сиде́ть без де́ла — have nothing to do; be idle

бра́ться сра́зу за де́сять дел — tackle a dozen jobs at once; have many irons in the fire идиом.

вы сюда́ прие́хали по де́лу или на о́тдых? — are you here on business or for pleasure?

де́лать де́ло, занима́ться де́лом — do real work; keep oneself busy

быть при де́ле разг. — have what to do

2) (круг вопросов; сфера интересов) concern, business, affair

ли́чное / ча́стное де́ло — private affair

дела́ семе́йные — family matters

э́то моё [его́] де́ло — that is my [his] business / affair

э́то не моё [его́] де́ло — that is no business / concern of mine [his]; that is none of my [his] business

не его́ де́ло (+ инф.) — he has no business (+ to inf), it is not [none of] his business (+ to inf)

э́то на́ше вну́треннее де́ло — it's our own domestic concern

вме́шиваться не в своё де́ло — interfere in other people's affairs

не вме́шивайтесь не в своё де́ло — mind your own business

приводи́ть свои́ дела́ в поря́док — put one's affairs in order

3) разг. (важный, серьёзный вопрос) business

без де́ла не входи́ть — no admission except on business

приходи́ть по де́лу — come on business

у меня́ к нему́ де́ло, я хочу́ говори́ть с ним по де́лу — I have some business (to discuss) with him

говори́ть де́ло — talk sense, talk sensibly

вот э́то де́ло!, вот тепе́рь вы де́ло говори́те! — now you're talking (sense)!

перейдём к де́лу — let us get down to business

4) ( практическое применение) (good / practical) use

пуска́ть / употребля́ть (вн.) в де́ло — put (d) to (good) use; make use (of)

идти́ / пойти́ в де́ло — be put to use; be brought into play

5) высок. (цель, задача деятельности) cause

о́бщее де́ло — common cause

пра́вое де́ло — just cause

благоро́дное де́ло — good / noble cause

де́ло ми́ра — the cause of peace

6) (поступок, деяние) deed, act; ( свершение) work, feat, accomplishment

де́лать до́брые дела́ — do good deeds

вы сде́лали большо́е де́ло — you have accomplished a great feat

э́то де́ло его́ жи́зни — it is his life's / life work

суди́ть о ком-л по его́ дела́м — judge smb by smb's deeds

7) (событие, происшествие) happening, event

там произошли́ стра́нные дела́ — there have been some strange happenings there

де́ло бы́ло в 1990 г. — it happened in 1990

расскажи́те, как бы́ло де́ло — tell me how it happened

бы́ло (тако́е) де́ло (в ответ на вопрос) разг. — yes, it did happen; that's right

8) обыкн. мн. (положение, обстоятельства) things

дела́ поправля́ются — things are improving, things are on the mend

попра́вить свои́ дела́ — improve the state of one's affairs

как (иду́т) дела́? — how are things going?

как у вас [тебя́] дела́? — how are you doing?

как его́ дела́? — how is he getting on?; how are things going with him?

таки́е-то дела́! разг. — that's how things are!, that is the way it is!

де́ло поверну́лось таки́м о́бразом — matters took such a turn

положе́ние дел — state of affairs

как обстои́т де́ло с э́тим? — what about this business?

де́ло обстои́т так — the situation is this

е́сли бы де́ло обстоя́ло ина́че — if things were different

де́ло идёт (к) — things are heading (towards / to)

де́ло ниско́лько не меня́ется от того́, что — the situation is no way altered by the fact that

9) (рд.; вопрос, зависящий от чего-л) matter (of)

э́то де́ло привы́чки [вку́са, при́нципа] — it is a matter of habit [taste, principle]

10) (дт. до; отношение, касательство) переводится с помощью глагольных сочетаний have to do (with), care (about)

ва́м(-то) что за де́ло (до э́того)?, а вам како́е де́ло? — what do you have to do with it?, what does it matter to you?

кому́ како́е де́ло до э́того? — what business is that of anybody's?; who cares?

како́е ему́ де́ло до нас с ва́ми! — what does he care about us!

ей нет де́ла до меня́ — she doesn't care about me

11) ( суть) point, matter

в чём де́ло? — what is the matter?

бли́же к де́лу! — come / get to the point!

де́ло в том, что — the fact / point is that

в то́м-то и де́ло, что — the whole point is that

де́ло вот в чём — the point is this

де́ло не (в пр.) — it is not a matter (of)

де́ло не в э́том — that's not the point

э́то к де́лу не отно́сится — that has nothing to do with the matter, that is beside the point

замеча́ние не по де́лу (не по существу) разг. — a remark off the point

12) ( предприятие) business

э́то дохо́дное де́ло — it is a profitable business

откры́ть своё де́ло — start one's own business

взять кого́-л в де́ло — accept smb as a partner (in the business)

13) ( специальность)

го́рное де́ло и т.п. — см. соответствующие прил.

14) ( папка с документами) file, dossier [-sɪeɪ]

ли́чное де́ло — personal file / record(s) (pl)

подши́ть / приложи́ть к де́лу (вн.) — file (d)

15) юр. ( судебное) case

вести́ де́ло — plead a case

возбуди́ть де́ло (про́тив) — bring an action (against), take / institute proceedings (against)

изложи́ть своё де́ло — state one's case

16) (в названиях ведомств, органов)

сове́т по дела́м рели́гий — council for religious affairs

коми́ссия по иностра́нным дела́м — foreign relations / affairs commission

17) уст. ( сражение) battle, fighting, combat

18) жарг. (преступная операция, воровская вылазка) job; trick ( criminal action)

••

де́ло ва́ше / твоё — it's up to you; it is for you to decide

де́ло деся́тое / двадца́тое разг. — a thing of little importance

де́ло за (тв.) — the matter depends (on)

де́ло тепе́рь то́лько за тобо́й — now this matter depends only on you

де́ло за ма́лым (ста́ло) — there's only one little thing left

за чем де́ло ста́ло? — what's holding matters / things up?; what's the hitch? разг.

де́ло пло́хо / дрянь, дела́ пло́хи — things are in a bad way

де́ло про́шлое — that's a thing of the past

де́ло рук (рд.) — the work / doing (of)

чьих рук э́то де́ло? — whose work / doing is this?

большо́е / вели́кое де́ло! разг. ирон., пренебр. (в знач. "подумаешь!") — big deal!; as if it mattered!

бра́ться / взя́ться не за своё де́ло — be the wrong man / person for the job

в / на са́мом де́ле как вводн. сл. — 1) (в действительности, не на словах) in (actual) fact, in reality 2) (действительно, верно) really, indeed 3) (выражает побуждение, раздражение) after all

да прекрати́шь ты, в са́мом де́ле! — stop that, will you?

на са́мом же де́ле — but the fact is

в са́мом де́ле? — is it / that true?, really?

(с)де́лать своё де́ло (выполнить свою роль; тж. воздействовать) — do one's work; do one's part

сде́лать свои́ дела́ (о ребёнке, собаке - облегчить кишечник) эвф. — do one's duty, do the deed

есть тако́е де́ло! разг. — all right!; it's a deal!

за де́ло! (призыв) — to work!; (let's) get down to work!

знать своё де́ло — know one's job / stuff / onions ['ʌ-]

изве́стное де́ло как вводн. сл. — sure enough; naturally

име́ть де́ло (с тв.) — have to do (with), deal (with), have dealings (with)

и то́ де́ло! (выражение согласия) — there's a reason in that!

когда́ де́ло дойдёт (до) — when it comes (to)

когда́ де́ло дойдёт до меня́ [тебя́] — when it is my [your] turn

ме́жду де́лом разг. — at odd moments, between times

мину́тное / секу́ндное де́ло — it can be done in a minute / second / flash

моё [на́ше] де́ло ма́ленькое / сторона́ — it is none of my [our] business

на де́ле (в действительности) — in reality; in practice; in actual fact

испыта́ть (вн.) на де́ле — test (d) in practice

на слова́х и на де́ле — in word and deed

наказа́ть кого́-л за де́ло — punish smb for a good reason

но́вое де́ло!, хоро́шенькое де́ло!, ну и дела́!, что за дела́! — how do you like that!; that's a fine kettle of fish! идиом.; well, I'll be darned!

пе́рвым де́лом — first of all; the first thing

показа́ть себя́ в де́ле — show what one is worth

пусти́ть в де́ло — put (d) to use; find a good use (for)

раз тако́е де́ло разг. — if that's how it is

стра́нное де́ло как вводн. сл. — strangely, strange thing

то и де́ло — 1) ( часто) every now and then 2) ( беспрестанно) continually, incessantly; time and again; часто переводится гл. keep on (+ ger)

то и де́ло раздаю́тся звонки́ — the phone keeps on ringing

то́ ли де́ло (гораздо лучше) разг. — how much better; what a difference

э́то (совсе́м) друго́е де́ло — that's (quite) another story

э́то не де́ло — it's no good; such things aren't done

Новый большой русско-английский словарь > дело
17 ganar

v.

1 to win.

ganaron por tres a uno they won three one

Ricardo gana siempre Richard wins always.

Ricardo ganó el premio Richard won the prize.

2 to earn (sueldo, dinero).

¿cuánto ganas? how much do you earn?

María gMaría dinero Mary earns money.

3 to gain.

ganar fama to achieve fame

en tren ganas una hora you save an hour by taking the train

Ricardo ganó reconocimiento Richard gained renown.

4 to beat.

te voy a ganar I'm going to beat you

5 to reach, to make it to (llegar a) (place).

6 to take, to capture.

7 to obtain profits, to come out with profits, to win, to realize profits.

La empresa ganó The company obtained profits.

* * *

ganar

► verbo transitivo

1 (partido, concurso, premio) to win

■ ganaron el partido they won the match

2 (dinero) to earn

■ ¿cuánto ganas al año? how much do you earn a year?

3 (conquistar) to capture

■ ganaron la ciudad a los árabes they captured the city from the Arabs

4 (alcanzar) to reach

■ ganaron la cima they reached the summit

5 (lograr) to win

■ finalmente ganaron la amistad de sus vecinos they finally won the friendship of their neighbours

► verbo intransitivo

1 (mejorar) to improve

■ ha ganado mucho con los años it has improved greatly with age

2 (cambiar favorablemente) to gain

■ ganamos con el cambio we gained with the change

► verbo pronominal ganarse

1 to earn

■ me gano mil euros al mes I earn a thousand euros a month

■ se gana bien la vida he makes a good living

2 (ser merecedor) to deserve

■ se lo han ganado they deserve it

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

ganar a alguien en algo to be better than somebody at something

■ me ganas en inglés you're better at English than I am

■ ella le gana en inteligencia she's much more intelligent than he is

ganar terreno to gain ground

llevar las de ganar figurado to hold the winning card, hold all the cards

no ganar para disgustos figurado to be one thing after another

salir ganando to gain, benefit, do well out of it

ganarse la vida to earn a living, earn one's living

ganarse el pan familiar to earn one's bread and butter

¡te la vas a ganar! familiar you're going to get it!

* * *

verb

1) to win

2) earn

3) gain

4) profit

5) make

* * *

1. VT

1) [+ sueldo] to earn

¿cuánto ganas al mes? — how much do you earn o make a month?

ha ganado mucho dinero — she has made a lot of money

2) [+ competición, partido, premio, guerra] to win

le ganó cien euros a Rosa — he won a hundred euros from Rosa

¿quién ganó la carrera? — who won the race?

si te toca puedes ganar un millón — if you win you could get a million

ganar unas oposiciones para un puesto — to obtain a post by public examination

3) [+ contrincante] to beat

¡les ganamos! — we beat them!

ganamos al Olimpic tres a cero — we beat Olimpic three-nil

no hay quien le gane — there's nobody who can beat him, he's unbeatable

como orador no hay quien le gane o no le gana nadie — as a speaker there is no one to touch him, no one outdoes him at speaking

4) (=conseguir) [+ tiempo, peso, terreno] to gain

¿qué gano yo con todo esto? — what do I gain o get from all this?

con eso no ganas nada — that won't get you anywhere

tierras ganadas al mar — land reclaimed o won from the sea

ganar popularidad — to win o earn popularity

5) (=alcanzar) [+ objetivo] to achieve, attain

ganar la orilla — to reach the shore

ganar la orilla nadando — to swim to the shore

6) (=convencer) to win over

dejarse ganar por algo — to allow o.s. to be won over by sth

7) (=aventajar)

te gana en inteligencia — he's more intelligent than you

me gana en pericia — he has more expert knowledge than me

te gana trabajando — he's a better worker than you

8) (Mil) [+ plaza, pueblo] to take, capture

2. VI

1) [trabajando] to earn

no gano para comprar un piso — I don't earn enough to buy a flat

- no ganamos para sustos

2) [en competición, guerra] to win

ganaron por cuatro a dos — they won four-two

ganaron por 40 votos — they won by 40 votes

lo importante no es ganar — winning isn't the most important thing

nuestras ideas terminaron ganando — our ideas won out in the end

• dejarse ganar — [con trampas] to lose on purpose

se deja ganar por el niño — he lets the kid beat him

3) (=mejorar) to benefit, improve

la película ganaría mucho si se cortase — the film would greatly benefit from being cut, the film would be greatly improved if it was cut

hemos ganado con el cambio — we've greatly benefited from the change

• ha ganado mucho en salud — his health has greatly improved

su juego ha ganado en confianza — her play has become more confident

• salir ganando — to do well

saldrás ganando — you'll do well out of it

salí ganando con la venta del coche — I did well out of the sale of the car

3.

See:

ganarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) < sueldo> to earn

¿cuánto ganas al mes? — how much do you earn a month?

lo único que quiere es ganar dinero — all he's interested in is making money

b) ( conseguir) to gain

no ganas nada con preocuparte — there's no point worrying (about it)

2)

a) <partido/guerra/elecciones> to win

le gané la apuesta — I won my bet with him

b) <premio/dinero> to win

3) ( adquirir) < experiencia> to gain

ganó fama y fortuna — she won fame and fortune

4)

a) ( conquistar)

ganar a alguien para algo — to win somebody over to something

lo ganó para su causa — she won him over to her cause

b) ( reclamar) to reclaim

las tierras ganadas al mar — the land that has been reclaimed from the sea

5) (liter) < meta> to attain (frml); <cumbre/orilla> to gain (liter)
2.
ganar vi

1) ( mediante el trabajo) to earn

2)

a) ( vencer) to win

que gane el mejor — may the best man win

van ganando 2 a 1 — they're winning 2-1

b)

ganarle a alguien — to beat somebody

nos ganaron por cuatro puntos — they beat us by four points

a mentiroso nadie le gana or no hay quien le gane — when it comes to lying there's noone to touch him

3) ( aventajar)

ganarle a alguien en algo: le ganas en estatura you're taller than him; me gana en todo — he beats me on every count

4)

a) ( mejorar)

el salón ha ganado mucho con estos cambios — these changes have really improved the living room

ha ganado mucho con el nuevo peinado — her new hairstyle has really done a lot for her

b) (obtener provecho, beneficiarse) to gain

ganó mucho con su estancia en Berlín — he gained a lot from o got a lot out of his stay in Berlin

salir ganando: es el único que salió ganando con el trato/en ese asunto he's the only one who did well out of the deal/who came out well in that business; al final salí ganando — in the end I came out of it better off
3.
ganarse v pron

1) (enf) ( mediante el trabajo) to earn

2) (enf) <premio/apuesta> to win

3) <afecto/confianza> to win; < persona> to win... over

supo ganarse el respeto de todos — she managed to win o earn everyone's respect

4) ( ser merecedor de) < descanso> to earn oneself

ganarse algo a pulso — to earn something

ganársela — (Esp fam)

se la va a ganar — she's going to get it o she's for it (colloq)

* * *

= earn, conquer, win, win out, prevail, go + one better.

Ex. The article 'Women in industry: where and how they administrate' concludes that there are fewer women in management than men and they earn less.

Ex. The tools and technologies provided by the Internet enable scholars to communicate or disseminate information in ways which conquer the barriers of time and space.

Ex. Those who perform in this manner can be characterized as those who would 'rather fight than win'.

Ex. It remains to be seen which approach will win out, in the current tug-of-war.

Ex. The emphasis on title entry came from the specialized libraries, primarily the technical libraries, that were small but had the money and the power behind them to see that their view prevails.

Ex. I think Murray will go one better than Wimbledon, but will lose to Federer again in the final.

----

* actuar con la intención de ganarse la admiració = play to + Nombre.

* actuar con la intención de ganarse la admiración de Alguie = play to + Nombre.

* dinero que tanto ha costado ganar = hard-earned money.

* ganar a Alguien sin apenas hacer ningún esfuerzo = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* ganar adeptos = gain + currency.

* ganar bastante dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* ganar cada vez más importancia, ir viento en popa, ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go from + strength to strength.

* ganar cómodamente = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* ganar con dificultar = eke out.

* ganar confianza en uno mismo = gain + confidence (with/in).

* ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.

* ganar de forma abrumadora = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* ganar de forma aplastante = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down, win by + a landslide.

* ganar de forma arrolladora = win by + a landslide.

* ganar dinero = make + money, make + Dinero, earn + money.

* ganar el pulso = the nod + go to.

* ganar enemigos = make + enemies.

* ganar fácilmente = coast + home, coast to + victory, beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* ganar fama = win + fame.

* ganar fuerza = gather + strength, gather + steam.

* ganar ímpetu = gather + momentum, gain + impetus, gather + strength, gather + steam, gather + pace.

* ganar importancia = grow in + importance, grow in + strength, gain + prominence, grow in + significance, gain + significance, gain in + importance.

* ganar la partida a = outmanoeuvre [outmaneuver, -USA].

* ganarle la mano a Alguien = steal + a march on.

* ganarle la partida = out-think [outthink].

* ganarle la partida a = outfox, outwit, outsmart.

* ganarle la vez a = outdo, trump.

* ganar mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* ganar peso = put on + weight, gain + weight.

* ganar popularidad = gain in + popularity, gain + popularity, increase in + popularity.

* ganar prestigio = gain in + ascendancy.

* ganar prosélitos = proselytise [proselytize, -USA].

* ganar protagonismo = gain in + importance.

* ganar reconocimiento = gain + credit.

* ganar resistencia = grow in + stamina.

* ganarse = win over, propitiate.

* ganarse a Alguien = win + Nombre + heart.

* ganarse a la gente = win + hearts and minds.

* ganarse el apoyo = earn + support.

* ganarse el aprecio = earn + appreciation.

* ganarse el cariño = endear.

* ganarse el corazón de Alguien = win + Nombre + heart.

* ganarse el favor de = win + the favour of.

* ganarse el pan = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.

* ganarse el pan con el sudor de la frente = earn + Posesivo + daily bread with the sweat of + Posesivo + brow.

* ganarse el pan de cada día = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.

* ganarse el respeto = earn + respect.

* ganarse el sueldo = earn + Posesivo + salary.

* ganarse la confianza = earn + trust.

* ganarse la confianza de = achieve + credibility with, gain + the confidence of, win + the confidence of.

* ganarse la existencia = earn + a living, earn + Posesivo + living.

* ganarse la fama de = earn + a reputation as.

* ganarse la vida = earn + a living, make + a living, earn + income, earn + Posesivo + living, make + Posesivo + living, Verbo + for a living.

* ganarse la vida a duras penas = eke out + a living, scratch (out) + a living, scrape + a living, eke out + an existence.

* ganarse partidarios = gather + a following, win + Nombre + a following, gain + a following.

* ganarse seguidores = gather + a following, win + Nombre + a following, gain + a following.

* ganarse una reputación = achieve + reputation, secure + reputation.

* ganarse un lugar en el corazón de Alguien = win + a place in + heart.

* ganarse unos ingresos = earn + income.

* ganar sin ninguna dificultad = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* ganar sobradamente = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* ganar terreno = gain + ground, make + headway.

* ganar tiempo = win + time, buy + time, free up + time.

* ganar una batalla = win + battle.

* ganar una elección = win + election.

* ganar una guerra = win + war.

* ganar un asalto = win + round.

* ganar un buen sueldo = make + good money, earn + good money.

* ganar un premio = win + prize, win + award, earn + an award.

* ganar un título = win + title.

* ganar vigencia = gain + currency.

* haber ganado la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* haber ganado sólo la mitad de la ba = be only half the battle.

* hacer que Alguien se lo gane a pulso = give + Nombre + a run for + Posesivo + money.

* intentar ganar tiempo = play for + time, temporise [temporize, -USA].

* interés por ganar dinero = profit motive.

* lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.

* lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.

* ni ganar ni perder = break + even.

* no se ganó Zamora en una hora = Rome wasn't built in a day.

* ¡que gane el mejor! = may the best man win!, may the best man win!.

* quien nada arriesga nada gana = nothing ventured, nothing gained.

* salir ganando = make + a profit, compare + favourably, be better off, win + the day, win out, be better served by, come out on + top.

* salir sin ganar ni perder = break + even.

* se pierda o se gane = win or lose.

* tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* tratar de ganar tiempo = temporise [temporize, -USA], play for + time.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) < sueldo> to earn

¿cuánto ganas al mes? — how much do you earn a month?

lo único que quiere es ganar dinero — all he's interested in is making money

b) ( conseguir) to gain

no ganas nada con preocuparte — there's no point worrying (about it)

2)

a) <partido/guerra/elecciones> to win

le gané la apuesta — I won my bet with him

b) <premio/dinero> to win

3) ( adquirir) < experiencia> to gain

ganó fama y fortuna — she won fame and fortune

4)

a) ( conquistar)

ganar a alguien para algo — to win somebody over to something

lo ganó para su causa — she won him over to her cause

b) ( reclamar) to reclaim

las tierras ganadas al mar — the land that has been reclaimed from the sea

5) (liter) < meta> to attain (frml); <cumbre/orilla> to gain (liter)
2.
ganar vi

1) ( mediante el trabajo) to earn

2)

a) ( vencer) to win

que gane el mejor — may the best man win

van ganando 2 a 1 — they're winning 2-1

b)

ganarle a alguien — to beat somebody

nos ganaron por cuatro puntos — they beat us by four points

a mentiroso nadie le gana or no hay quien le gane — when it comes to lying there's noone to touch him

3) ( aventajar)

ganarle a alguien en algo: le ganas en estatura you're taller than him; me gana en todo — he beats me on every count

4)

a) ( mejorar)

el salón ha ganado mucho con estos cambios — these changes have really improved the living room

ha ganado mucho con el nuevo peinado — her new hairstyle has really done a lot for her

b) (obtener provecho, beneficiarse) to gain

ganó mucho con su estancia en Berlín — he gained a lot from o got a lot out of his stay in Berlin

salir ganando: es el único que salió ganando con el trato/en ese asunto he's the only one who did well out of the deal/who came out well in that business; al final salí ganando — in the end I came out of it better off
3.
ganarse v pron

1) (enf) ( mediante el trabajo) to earn

2) (enf) <premio/apuesta> to win

3) <afecto/confianza> to win; < persona> to win... over

supo ganarse el respeto de todos — she managed to win o earn everyone's respect

4) ( ser merecedor de) < descanso> to earn oneself

ganarse algo a pulso — to earn something

ganársela — (Esp fam)

se la va a ganar — she's going to get it o she's for it (colloq)

* * *

= earn, conquer, win, win out, prevail, go + one better.

Ex: The article 'Women in industry: where and how they administrate' concludes that there are fewer women in management than men and they earn less.

Ex: The tools and technologies provided by the Internet enable scholars to communicate or disseminate information in ways which conquer the barriers of time and space.

Ex: Those who perform in this manner can be characterized as those who would 'rather fight than win'.

Ex: It remains to be seen which approach will win out, in the current tug-of-war.

Ex: The emphasis on title entry came from the specialized libraries, primarily the technical libraries, that were small but had the money and the power behind them to see that their view prevails.

Ex: I think Murray will go one better than Wimbledon, but will lose to Federer again in the final.

* actuar con la intención de ganarse la admiració = play to + Nombre.

* actuar con la intención de ganarse la admiración de Alguie = play to + Nombre.

* dinero que tanto ha costado ganar = hard-earned money.

* ganar a Alguien sin apenas hacer ningún esfuerzo = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* ganar adeptos = gain + currency.

* ganar bastante dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* ganar cada vez más importancia, ir viento en popa, ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go from + strength to strength.

* ganar cómodamente = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* ganar con dificultar = eke out.

* ganar confianza en uno mismo = gain + confidence (with/in).

* ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.

* ganar de forma abrumadora = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* ganar de forma aplastante = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down, win by + a landslide.

* ganar de forma arrolladora = win by + a landslide.

* ganar dinero = make + money, make + Dinero, earn + money.

* ganar el pulso = the nod + go to.

* ganar enemigos = make + enemies.

* ganar fácilmente = coast + home, coast to + victory, beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* ganar fama = win + fame.

* ganar fuerza = gather + strength, gather + steam.

* ganar ímpetu = gather + momentum, gain + impetus, gather + strength, gather + steam, gather + pace.

* ganar importancia = grow in + importance, grow in + strength, gain + prominence, grow in + significance, gain + significance, gain in + importance.

* ganar la partida a = outmanoeuvre [outmaneuver, -USA].

* ganarle la mano a Alguien = steal + a march on.

* ganarle la partida = out-think [outthink].

* ganarle la partida a = outfox, outwit, outsmart.

* ganarle la vez a = outdo, trump.

* ganar mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* ganar peso = put on + weight, gain + weight.

* ganar popularidad = gain in + popularity, gain + popularity, increase in + popularity.

* ganar prestigio = gain in + ascendancy.

* ganar prosélitos = proselytise [proselytize, -USA].

* ganar protagonismo = gain in + importance.

* ganar reconocimiento = gain + credit.

* ganar resistencia = grow in + stamina.

* ganarse = win over, propitiate.

* ganarse a Alguien = win + Nombre + heart.

* ganarse a la gente = win + hearts and minds.

* ganarse el apoyo = earn + support.

* ganarse el aprecio = earn + appreciation.

* ganarse el cariño = endear.

* ganarse el corazón de Alguien = win + Nombre + heart.

* ganarse el favor de = win + the favour of.

* ganarse el pan = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.

* ganarse el pan con el sudor de la frente = earn + Posesivo + daily bread with the sweat of + Posesivo + brow.

* ganarse el pan de cada día = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.

* ganarse el respeto = earn + respect.

* ganarse el sueldo = earn + Posesivo + salary.

* ganarse la confianza = earn + trust.

* ganarse la confianza de = achieve + credibility with, gain + the confidence of, win + the confidence of.

* ganarse la existencia = earn + a living, earn + Posesivo + living.

* ganarse la fama de = earn + a reputation as.

* ganarse la vida = earn + a living, make + a living, earn + income, earn + Posesivo + living, make + Posesivo + living, Verbo + for a living.

* ganarse la vida a duras penas = eke out + a living, scratch (out) + a living, scrape + a living, eke out + an existence.

* ganarse partidarios = gather + a following, win + Nombre + a following, gain + a following.

* ganarse seguidores = gather + a following, win + Nombre + a following, gain + a following.

* ganarse una reputación = achieve + reputation, secure + reputation.

* ganarse un lugar en el corazón de Alguien = win + a place in + heart.

* ganarse unos ingresos = earn + income.

* ganar sin ninguna dificultad = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* ganar sobradamente = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* ganar terreno = gain + ground, make + headway.

* ganar tiempo = win + time, buy + time, free up + time.

* ganar una batalla = win + battle.

* ganar una elección = win + election.

* ganar una guerra = win + war.

* ganar un asalto = win + round.

* ganar un buen sueldo = make + good money, earn + good money.

* ganar un premio = win + prize, win + award, earn + an award.

* ganar un título = win + title.

* ganar vigencia = gain + currency.

* haber ganado la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* haber ganado sólo la mitad de la ba = be only half the battle.

* hacer que Alguien se lo gane a pulso = give + Nombre + a run for + Posesivo + money.

* intentar ganar tiempo = play for + time, temporise [temporize, -USA].

* interés por ganar dinero = profit motive.

* lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.

* lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.

* ni ganar ni perder = break + even.

* no se ganó Zamora en una hora = Rome wasn't built in a day.

* ¡que gane el mejor! = may the best man win!, may the best man win!.

* quien nada arriesga nada gana = nothing ventured, nothing gained.

* salir ganando = make + a profit, compare + favourably, be better off, win + the day, win out, be better served by, come out on + top.

* salir sin ganar ni perder = break + even.

* se pierda o se gane = win or lose.

* tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* tratar de ganar tiempo = temporise [temporize, -USA], play for + time.

* * *

ganar [A1 ]

vt

A

1 (mediante el trabajo) to earn

gana un buen sueldo she earns o she's on a good salary

¿cuánto ganas al mes? how much do you earn a month?

lo único que quiere es ganar dinero all he's interested in is making money

2 (conseguir) to gain

¿y qué ganas con eso? and what do you gain by (doing) that?

no ganamos nada con ponernos nerviosos getting all worked-up won't get us anywhere

B

1 ‹carrera/competición/partido› to win; ‹elecciones› to win; ‹guerra/batalla› to win; ‹juicio› to win

ganaron el campeonato they won the championship

le gané la apuesta I won my bet with him

ganarle el quién vive a algn ( Chi fam); to beat sb to it ( colloq), to get in first ( colloq)

2 (en un juego, concurso) ‹premio/dinero› to win

¿cuánto ganaste en las carreras de caballos? how much did you win on the horses?

ha ganado mucho dinero al póquer she's won a lot of money at o playing poker

C

(adquirir): ganó fama y fortuna she won fame and fortune

su partido ha ido ganando popularidad his party has been gaining in popularity

ha ganado importancia en los últimos años it has grown in importance in recent years

D

1 ‹persona› ganar a algn PARA algo to win sb over TO sth

lo ganó para su causa she won him over to her cause

2 (reclamar) to reclaim

las tierras ganadas al mar the land that has been reclaimed from the sea

E ( liter); ‹meta› to attain ( frml), to reach; ‹cumbre/frontera/orilla› to gain ( liter), to reach

■ ganar

vi

A (mediante el trabajo) to earn

apenas gana para vivir she hardly earns enough to live on

no ganar para disgustos/sustos to have nothing but trouble

B

1 (vencer) to win

que gane el mejor may the best man win

ganaron los Republicanos the Republicans won o were victorious

van ganando 2 a 1 they're winning 2-1, they're 2-1 up o ahead

2

ganarle a algn to beat sb

nos ganaron por cuatro puntos they beat us by four points

siempre que juega al ajedrez con su hijo se deja ganar she always lets her son beat her at chess, whenever she plays chess with her son she lets him win

me ha vuelto a ganar she's beaten me again

a mentiroso nadie le gana or no hay quien le gane when it comes to lying there's no one to touch him

se dejó ganar por el abatimiento he allowed his depression to get the better of him

C (aventajar) ganarle a algn EN algo:

le ganas en estatura you're taller than him

habla mejor inglés, es más guapo … la verdad es que me gana en todo he speaks better English, he's better looking … the truth is he beats me on every count

D

(mejorar, obtener provecho): ha ganado mucho con el nuevo peinado her new hairstyle has really done a lot for her

con estas modificaciones el texto ha ganado en claridad the text has become much clearer o has gained in clarity with these changes

el salón ha ganado mucho con estos cambios these changes have really improved the living room

ganó mucho con su estancia en Berlín he gained a lot from o got a lot out of his stay in Berlin

salir ganando: es el único que salió ganando de la mudanza he's the only one who benefited o gained from the move

no lo esperaba pero al final salí ganando I didn't expect to but in the end I came out of it better off o I did well out of it, I didn't expect to but I ended up better off

saldrán ganando de esta reestructuración they will benefit from o they stand to gain from this restructuring

E

( Méx fam) (dirigirse): ganar para un lugar to go off toward(s) somewhere

F

(Ur arg) (con el sexo opuesto): estás ganando con aquél/aquélla you're well in with that guy/girl over there ( colloq)

■ ganarse

v pron

A ( enf) (mediante el trabajo) to earn

se ganó mil dólares en una semana she earned (herself) a thousand dollars in one week

B ( enf) (en una rifa, un juego) to win

C ‹afecto› to win; ‹amistad/confianza› to win, gain; ‹persona› to win … over

ha sabido ganarse el respeto de todos she has managed to win o earn everyone's respect

sabe ganarse a los amigos he knows how to make friends

D

(ser merecedor de): te has ganado unas buenas vacaciones you've earned yourself a good vacation ( AmE) o ( BrE) holiday

te estás ganando una paliza you're going to get a good thrashing, you're asking for a good thrashing

ganarse algo a pulso to earn sth

el ascenso se lo ha ganado a pulso he's really worked (hard) for o he's really earned this promotion

ganársela ( Esp fam): como no te calles te la vas a ganar if you don't shut up, you're going to get it o you're for it ( colloq)

E

( Chi fam) (acercarse): se ganó muy a la orilla y se cayó he went too near the edge and fell in

gánate para acá come over here o come closer

* * *

ganar ( conjugate ganar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹ sueldo› to earn;

◊ lo único que quiere es ganar dinero all he's interested in is making money

b) ‹ tiempo› to gain;

◊ ¿qué ganas con eso? what do you gain by (doing) that?

c) ( adquirir) ‹ experiencia› to gain

2 ‹partido/guerra/premio› to win;
◊ le gané la apuesta I won my bet with him

verbo intransitivo
a) ( vencer) to win;

◊ van ganando 2 a 1 they're winning 2-1;

ganarle a algn to beat sb;
nos ganaron por cuatro puntos they beat us by four points
b) ( aventajar):

◊ le ganas en estatura you're taller than him;

me gana en todo he beats me on every count;
salir ganando: salió ganando con el trato he did well out of the deal;
al final salí ganando in the end I came out of it better off
ganarse verbo pronominal
1 ( enf) ( mediante el trabajo) to earn;
◊ ganarse la vida to earn a/one's living

2 ( enf) ‹premio/apuesta› to win
3 ‹afecto/confianza› to win;
◊ se ganó el respeto de todos she won o earned everyone's respect

4 ‹ descanso› to earn oneself;
◊ te lo has ganado you've earned it, you deserve it

ganar
I verbo transitivo
1 (un salario) to earn
2 (un premio) to win
3 (superar) to beat: le gana en estatura, she is taller than him
4 (al contrincante) to beat
5 (una cima, una orilla) to reach
ganar la cumbre, to reach the peak
II verbo intransitivo
1 (vencer) to win
2 (mejorar) improve: ganó en simpatía, she became more and more charming
ganas mucho cuando sonríes, you look nicer when you smile
' ganar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- actual
- baño
- contender
- flexibilizar
- llevar
- óptima
- óptimo
- peso
- probabilidad
- redoblar
- savia
- terrena
- terreno
- todavía
- chance
- expectativa
- hacer
- interés
- meta
- premio
- sensación
- tiempo
- tratar
- triunfar
- valer
English:
actual
- amateurish
- beat
- break
- bring in
- buck
- catch on
- chance
- close-run
- comfortably
- day
- default
- earn
- even
- exert
- fact
- fair
- fluke
- gain
- gain on
- gather
- get
- ground
- hand
- key
- killing
- make
- money
- one-upmanship
- optimistic
- outsider
- rig
- score
- speed
- take
- ultimate
- win
- case
- certainly
- clinch
- deliver
- expect
- height
- odds
- premium
- run
- stand
- toss
- yet

* * *

ganar

♦ vt

1. [premio, competición] to win;

ganaron las elecciones they won the elections;

ganó un millón en la lotería he won a million on the lottery

2. [obtener] [sueldo, dinero] to earn;

gana dos millones al año she earns o she's on two million a year;

¿cuánto ganas? how much do you earn?

3. [obtener] [peso, tiempo] to gain;

ganar fama to achieve fame;

ganar importancia to grow in importance;

ganar terreno [avanzar] to gain ground;

en tren ganas una hora you save an hour by taking the train;

ganaron nuevos adeptos para la causa they won over new converts to the cause

4. [conseguir]
¿qué gano yo con eso? what's in it for me?, what do I stand to gain from that?;

llorando no ganas nada it's no use crying, crying won't change anything

5. [derrotar] to beat;

te voy a ganar I'm going to beat you;

Comp
RP Fam
ganar de mano a alguien to beat sb to it

6. [aventajar]
me gana en velocidad he's faster than me;

me gana en hermosura pero no en inteligencia she's prettier than me, but not as intelligent;
Fam
a tonto no hay quien le gane he's as thick as they come

7. [alcanzar] to reach, to make it to;

ganó la orilla a nado she made it to o gained the shore

8. [conquistar] to take, to capture;

los aliados ganaron la playa tras una dura batalla the Allies took o captured the beach after a hard battle

9. [recuperar]
han ganado terreno al desierto they have reclaimed land from the desert

♦ vi

1. [vencer] to win;

ganaron por tres a uno they won Br three one o US three to one;

ganaron por penalties they won on penalties;

ganan de cuatro puntos they're winning by four points, they're four points ahead;

no es justo, te has dejado ganar it's not fair, you let me beat you o you lost on purpose;

que gane el mejor may the best man win

2. [lograr dinero] to earn money;
Am
ganar bien to be well paid;

ganar mal not to earn very much, to be badly paid;

sólo gana para subsistir she earns only enough to live on;

Comp
Fam
no gano para disgustos o [m5] sustos I've more than enough worries o troubles

3. [mejorar] to benefit ( con from);
gana mucho con la barba he looks a lot better with a beard;

ha ganado con el cambio de trabajo he has benefited from changing jobs;

ganar en algo to gain in sth;

ha ganado en amplitud [parece mayor] it looks bigger;

hemos salido ganando con el cambio we've benefited from the change

4. Urug Fam [con hombre, mujer]
¿viste como te mira? estás ganando have you seen her looking at you? she fancies you o you're well in there

♦ See also the pronominal verb ganarse

* * *

ganar

I v/t

1 win;

le gané cincuenta dólares I won fifty dollars off him;

ganar a alguien beat s.o.

2 mediante el trabajo earn

II v/i

1 mediante el trabajo earn

2 ( vencer) win;

ganar por dos sets a uno win (by) two sets to one

3 ( mejorar) improve;

salir ganando con algo be better off with sth

4 ( aventajar)

:

le gano en velocidad/inteligencia I’m faster/more intelligent than him o than he is

* * *

ganar vt

1) : to win

2) : to gain

ganar tiempo: to buy time

3) : to earn

ganar dinero: to make money

4) : to acquire, to obtain

ganar vi

1) : to win

2) : to profit

salir ganando: to come out ahead

♦ See also the reflexive verb ganarse

* * *

ganar vb

1. (un premio, concurso) to win [pt. & pp. won]

ganó el premio a la mejor actriz she won the award for best actress

¿quién ganó el torneo? who won the tournament?

2. (un sueldo) to earn

todos ganan la misma cantidad de dinero they all earn the same amount of money

¿cuánto ganas al mes? how much do you earn a month?

3. (a un contrincante) to beat [pt. beat; pp. beaten]

Bruguera ganó a Costa en tres sets Bruguera beat Costa in three sets

4. (un trabajo) to get

todos los candidatos aspiran ganar una plaza all the candidates hope to get a place

5. (superar a alguien) to be better

a mí me ganas en deportes you're better at sports than I am

ganar el pan to earn your living

ganar tiempo to save time

ganarse la vida to earn one's living

salir ganando to do well

Spanish-English dictionary > ganar
18 дело

ср.

1) affair, business, work; occupation, pursuit; line

вмешиваться/лезть не в свое дело — to interfere in other people's affairs, to stick one's nose into smb.'s business

без дела не входить — no admission except on business

личное дело — private affair

это не ваше дело — that's no business of yours

что за дело? (кому-л.) — what is it (to)?, what does it matter (to)?

он занят делом — he is busy

не у дел — (to be) out of work/job

общественные дела — public affairs

при деле — to have smth. to keep one busy, to keep oneself busy/occupied

2) только ед. (цель, интересы и т. п.) cause

дело мира — the cause of peace

общее дело — common cause

правое дело — just cause

3) deed, act(ion) ( деяние); work ( создание)

это - дело его жизни — it is his life-work

вступать в дело — to go into the action, to come into play

безнадежное дело — fruitless task

гиблое дело, пропащее дело, дохлое дело — it's a lost cause, hopeless undertaking

пустое дело — a waste of time

вести торговые дела — to deal with

дело чьих-л. рук — this is smb.'s handwork/doing

доброе дело — good deed

черное дело — dirty deed, crime, black deed

4) (событие, происшествие) affair, business

загадочное дело — strange business

дело было в 1960 году — it happened in 1960

5) обыкн. мн. ч. (положение, обстоятельства) things, matters; affair, occasion, work, doing

дело усложняется тем, что — the added complication is that

дело обстоит иначе — the situation is different now

дела поправляются — things are improving

как его дела? — how is he getting on?, how are things going with him?

положение дел — state of affairs

дело повернулось таким образом — matters took such a turn

ясное дело — matter of course, sure enough

такие-то дела! разг. — so that's how things are!, that is the way it is!

вот это дело! — good!, now you are talking sense!

за чем дело стало? — what's holding matters/things up?, what's the hitch?

дело доходит до — it comes down to

дело идет к — things are heading toward

дело нечисто — it looks crooked

дело нешуточное — it is not a laughing matter

дело плохо — things look bad

дело прошлое — that's a thing of the past, that's all over now

6) (вопрос, предмет чего-л.) matter, point, concern

быть делом далекого будущего — to be a good distance in the future, to be a long way in the future

ближе к делу — come to the point, get down to business

в чем дело? — what is the matter?

говорить дело — разг. to talk sense, to have a point

говорить по делу — to speak on business

дело вкуса — matter of taste

дело не в этом — that's not the point

дело привычки — matter of habit

дело случая — matter of luck

дело хозяйское — разг. it's up to you, it's your choice/business

дело чести — point of honour

другое дело, совсем другое дело — it's quite another matter, that's a horse of a different colour идиом.

упростить дело — to expedite matters

7) обыкн. ед. (специальность)

автомобильное дело — motoring, automobile business

бухгалтерское дело — accountancy, accounting

военное дело — soldiering, military science

горное дело — mining

печатное дело — printing

финансовое дело — finance

- артиллерийское дело
- библиотечное дело
- военно-инженерное дело
- гончарное дело
- горнорудное дело
- рекламное дело
- скорняжное дело
- стеклодувное дело
8) юр. case

вести дело — to plead a case

возбуждать дело — (против кого-л.) to bring an action against smb., to take institute proceedings against smb.

гражданское дело — civil case

излагать свое дело — to state one's case

отстаивать дело — ( в суде) to fight a suit

пришить дело, намотать дело — сленг to cook up charges against smb.

9) канц. file, dossier

личное дело — personal file; personal record(s) мн. ч.

подшить к делу, приложить к делу — to file

10) устар.; воен. action, battle

•

На самом деле, все происходит как раз наоборот. — What actually happens happens the other way round.

обычное дело — commonplace, something common

••

не дело — that's not a good idea

- в самом деле
- в том то и дело
- делать дело
- дело в том что
- дело в шляпе
- за дело
- и на словах и на деле
- иметь дело
- испытывать на деле
- как дела?
- между делом
- на деле
- на самом деле
- нет дела
- первым делом
- сделать свое дело
- то и дело
- то ли дело
- употреблять в дело

Русско-английский словарь по общей лексике > дело
19 קפי

קפי, קָפָא, קָפָה(b. h.) (to bend, arch, be arched, 1) to be on top, float on the surface. Part. pass. קָפוּי; f קְפוּיָה pl. קְפוּיִים, קְפיּיִין; קְפוּיוֹת light of weight. Pes.50a (ref. to יקרות וקפאון, Zech. 14:6) אור שיקר בעוה״ז ק׳ הואוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. וק׳) light which is weighty (precious, rare) in this world shall be light (little esteemed, an ordinary thing) in the world to come; ib. נגעים … וקפוייןוכ׳ (Ms. M. קפויות) the treatises Negaim and Oholoth, which are heavy (difficult, obscure) in this world, shall be light (easily understood), ib. אלו בני אדם … (ו)ק׳ הםוכ׳ those who are weighty (important on account of their wealth, though otherwise without merit) in this world, shall be light (disregarded) ; Yalk. Zech. 583. 2) to coagulate, be curdled. Gen. R. s. 4 כיון שירד … מיד הוא קוֹפֵא ועומד ed. Wil. (oth. ed. קוֹפֶה) as soon as a drop of mso (v. מְסוֹ) is put in, the milk curdles and ‘stands (v. עָמַד); ib. s. 14 קופה (ed. Wil. קָפוּי); Lev. R. s. 14 נִקְפָּא. Tanḥ. Bshall. 17; Mekh. ib., Shirah, s.6 קפא עליהםוכ׳ the sea around them was congealed as far as ; Yalk. Ex. 248 נִקְפָּה; a. e.Tosef.Maasr.I, 7, v. infra. Pi. קִיפָּה to skim, take off the scum and the substances that gather on wine when it begins to ferment. Maasr. I, 7 היין משיְקַפֶּהאע״פ שקי׳וכ׳ Y. ed. (Bab. and Mish. ed. שקִפָּה) wine is subject to tithes when the manufacturer begins to skim; but although he has skimmed, he may take ; Tosef. ib. I, 7 אע״פ שקופה ed. Zuck. (Var. שקיפה); Ab. Zar.56a; Y.B. Mets.VII, beg.11b; (Maim. to Maasr. l. c. seems to read משיִקְפֶּה, expl. to form scum). Tosef. l. c. שולה וקופה ed. Zuck. (Var. שילה וקיפה), v. שָׁלָה. Maasr. IV, 1 המְקַפֵּא לתבשיל he that skims for the purpose of taking wine for a dish; Tosef. ib. I, 9 המְקַפֶּה בעריבה he that skims and takes wine out in a trough; a. fr.In gen. to take from the top. Ter. IV, 11 סאה … וְקִפְּאָהּ if one Sah of Trumah fell on top of a pile, and he took it off. Ib. יְקַפְּאֶנָּה Mish. ed. (Bab. ed. יַקְפִּיאֶנָּה Hif.; Y. ed. Krot. ייקפינה read: יְקַפֶּינָּה; Ms. M. יקיפנה, corr. acc.) let him take it off. Y. ib. 43a bot. קפה וחזר וק׳ if he took from the top once and again; a. e. Hif. הִקְפִּיא, הִקְפָּה 1) same, v. supra. 2) to cause to float. Ber.40a המַקְפֶּה אכילתו במים he that makes his food float in water (who drinks freely after meals). Sabb.21a להַקְפּוֹת to keep the wick floating. 3) to curdle, congeal; to cause coagulation; to become thick. Ḥull.120a; Men.21a ה׳ את הדם if he made the blood thick (through boiling); ib. הִקְפָּהוּ באור Mss. (v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 30) if he made it thick by means of artificial heat; הקפהו בחמה by exposure to the sun. Lev. R. s. 14 (ref. to Job 10:10) הִקְפִיאֲתָנִי אינו אומרוכ׳ it does not read, thou hast curdled me, but thou wilt ; Gen. R. s. 14 הִקְפֵּאתַנִי (some ed. הִקְפֵּתַנִי). Num. R. s. 9 (ref. to Ex. 15:8) ה׳ שלישו של ים he made one-third of the sea thick (v. supra); a. e. Nif. נִקְפָּא, נִקְפָּה to be curdled, made thick. Lev. R. l. c.; Yalk. Ex. 248, v. supra.Y.Ned.VII, end, 40c ניקפת, read: נִיכְפֵּית, v. כָּפָה.

Jewish literature > קפי
20 קפא

קפי, קָפָא, קָפָה(b. h.) (to bend, arch, be arched, 1) to be on top, float on the surface. Part. pass. קָפוּי; f קְפוּיָה pl. קְפוּיִים, קְפיּיִין; קְפוּיוֹת light of weight. Pes.50a (ref. to יקרות וקפאון, Zech. 14:6) אור שיקר בעוה״ז ק׳ הואוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. וק׳) light which is weighty (precious, rare) in this world shall be light (little esteemed, an ordinary thing) in the world to come; ib. נגעים … וקפוייןוכ׳ (Ms. M. קפויות) the treatises Negaim and Oholoth, which are heavy (difficult, obscure) in this world, shall be light (easily understood), ib. אלו בני אדם … (ו)ק׳ הםוכ׳ those who are weighty (important on account of their wealth, though otherwise without merit) in this world, shall be light (disregarded) ; Yalk. Zech. 583. 2) to coagulate, be curdled. Gen. R. s. 4 כיון שירד … מיד הוא קוֹפֵא ועומד ed. Wil. (oth. ed. קוֹפֶה) as soon as a drop of mso (v. מְסוֹ) is put in, the milk curdles and ‘stands (v. עָמַד); ib. s. 14 קופה (ed. Wil. קָפוּי); Lev. R. s. 14 נִקְפָּא. Tanḥ. Bshall. 17; Mekh. ib., Shirah, s.6 קפא עליהםוכ׳ the sea around them was congealed as far as ; Yalk. Ex. 248 נִקְפָּה; a. e.Tosef.Maasr.I, 7, v. infra. Pi. קִיפָּה to skim, take off the scum and the substances that gather on wine when it begins to ferment. Maasr. I, 7 היין משיְקַפֶּהאע״פ שקי׳וכ׳ Y. ed. (Bab. and Mish. ed. שקִפָּה) wine is subject to tithes when the manufacturer begins to skim; but although he has skimmed, he may take ; Tosef. ib. I, 7 אע״פ שקופה ed. Zuck. (Var. שקיפה); Ab. Zar.56a; Y.B. Mets.VII, beg.11b; (Maim. to Maasr. l. c. seems to read משיִקְפֶּה, expl. to form scum). Tosef. l. c. שולה וקופה ed. Zuck. (Var. שילה וקיפה), v. שָׁלָה. Maasr. IV, 1 המְקַפֵּא לתבשיל he that skims for the purpose of taking wine for a dish; Tosef. ib. I, 9 המְקַפֶּה בעריבה he that skims and takes wine out in a trough; a. fr.In gen. to take from the top. Ter. IV, 11 סאה … וְקִפְּאָהּ if one Sah of Trumah fell on top of a pile, and he took it off. Ib. יְקַפְּאֶנָּה Mish. ed. (Bab. ed. יַקְפִּיאֶנָּה Hif.; Y. ed. Krot. ייקפינה read: יְקַפֶּינָּה; Ms. M. יקיפנה, corr. acc.) let him take it off. Y. ib. 43a bot. קפה וחזר וק׳ if he took from the top once and again; a. e. Hif. הִקְפִּיא, הִקְפָּה 1) same, v. supra. 2) to cause to float. Ber.40a המַקְפֶּה אכילתו במים he that makes his food float in water (who drinks freely after meals). Sabb.21a להַקְפּוֹת to keep the wick floating. 3) to curdle, congeal; to cause coagulation; to become thick. Ḥull.120a; Men.21a ה׳ את הדם if he made the blood thick (through boiling); ib. הִקְפָּהוּ באור Mss. (v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 30) if he made it thick by means of artificial heat; הקפהו בחמה by exposure to the sun. Lev. R. s. 14 (ref. to Job 10:10) הִקְפִיאֲתָנִי אינו אומרוכ׳ it does not read, thou hast curdled me, but thou wilt ; Gen. R. s. 14 הִקְפֵּאתַנִי (some ed. הִקְפֵּתַנִי). Num. R. s. 9 (ref. to Ex. 15:8) ה׳ שלישו של ים he made one-third of the sea thick (v. supra); a. e. Nif. נִקְפָּא, נִקְפָּה to be curdled, made thick. Lev. R. l. c.; Yalk. Ex. 248, v. supra.Y.Ned.VII, end, 40c ניקפת, read: נִיכְפֵּית, v. כָּפָה.

Jewish literature > קפא

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Contributors to the Cause — was the name of an American issue of postage stamps issued in 1975 as part of the celebrations surrounding the United States Bicentennial. The stamps were meant to commemorate the unsung heroes of the American Revolution. The four individuals… … Wikipedia
For the Cause (film) — Infobox Film name = For the Cause caption = amg id = 1:271959 imdb id = 0113092 director = David Douglas Tim Douglas producer = writer = David Douglas Christopher Salazar starring = Dean Cain Thomas Ian Griffith Justin Whalin Jodi Bianca Wise… … Wikipedia
The Young and the Restless minor characters — The following are characters from the American soap opera The Young and the Restless who are notable for their actions or relationships, but who do not warrant their own articles. Contents 1 Current Characters 1.1 Genevieve … Wikipedia
The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) — The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) I. IN THE UNITED STATES Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are … Catholic encyclopedia
The United States of America — The United States of America † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America BOUNDARIES AND AREA On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Thirty Years War — The Thirty Years War † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Thirty Years War The Thirty Years War (1618 48), though pre eminently a German war, was also of great importance for the history of the whole of Europe, not only because nearly all… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Incarnation — The Incarnation † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Incarnation I. The Fact of the Incarnation (1) The Divine Person of Jesus Christ A. Old Testament Proofs B. New Testament Proofs C. Witness of Tradition (2) The Human… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Church in China — The Church in China † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church in China Ancient Christians The introduction of Christianity into China has been ascribed not only to the Apostle of India, St. Thomas, but also to St. Bartholomew. In the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Carmelite Order — The Carmelite Order † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Carmelite Order One of the mendicant orders. Origin The date of the foundation of the Order of Our Lady of Mount Carmel has been under discussion from the fourteenth century to … Catholic encyclopedia
The Roman Congregations — The Roman Congregations † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Roman Congregations Certain departments have been organized by the Holy See at various times to assist it in the transaction of those affairs which canonical discipline and the… … Catholic encyclopedia
Cause — • Cause, as the correlative of effect, is understood as being that which in any way gives existence to, or contributes towards the existence of, any thing; which produces a result; to which the origin of any thing is to be ascribed Catholic… … Catholic encyclopedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

took up the cause

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

took up the cause

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: